From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Sun, 14 Apr 2019 18:51:10 +0000 (-0300) Subject: docs: arm: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst X-Git-Url: http://git.lede-project.org./?a=commitdiff_plain;h=dc7a12bdfccd94c31f79e294f16f7549bd411b49;p=openwrt%2Fstaging%2Fblogic.git docs: arm: convert docs to ReST and rename to *.rst Converts ARM the text files to ReST, preparing them to be an architecture book. The conversion is actually: - add blank lines and identation in order to identify paragraphs; - fix tables markups; - add some lists markups; - mark literal blocks; - adjust title markups. At its new index.rst, let's add a :orphan: while this is not linked to the main index.rst file, in order to avoid build warnings. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Reviewed-by Corentin Labbe # For sun4i-ss --- diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Booting b/Documentation/arm/Booting deleted file mode 100644 index f1f965ce93d6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Booting +++ /dev/null @@ -1,218 +0,0 @@ - Booting ARM Linux - ================= - -Author: Russell King -Date : 18 May 2002 - -The following documentation is relevant to 2.4.18-rmk6 and beyond. - -In order to boot ARM Linux, you require a boot loader, which is a small -program that runs before the main kernel. The boot loader is expected -to initialise various devices, and eventually call the Linux kernel, -passing information to the kernel. - -Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the -following: - -1. Setup and initialise the RAM. -2. Initialise one serial port. -3. Detect the machine type. -4. Setup the kernel tagged list. -5. Load initramfs. -6. Call the kernel image. - - -1. Setup and initialise RAM ---------------------------- - -Existing boot loaders: MANDATORY -New boot loaders: MANDATORY - -The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the -kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs -this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms -to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of -the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer -sees fit.) - - -2. Initialise one serial port ------------------------------ - -Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED -New boot loaders: OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED - -The boot loader should initialise and enable one serial port on the -target. This allows the kernel serial driver to automatically detect -which serial port it should use for the kernel console (generally -used for debugging purposes, or communication with the target.) - -As an alternative, the boot loader can pass the relevant 'console=' -option to the kernel via the tagged lists specifying the port, and -serial format options as described in - - Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst. - - -3. Detect the machine type --------------------------- - -Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL -New boot loaders: MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms - -The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some -method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that -looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document. -The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx -value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This -should be passed to the kernel in register r1. - -For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device -tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly -necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types. - -4. Setup boot data ------------------- - -Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED -New boot loaders: MANDATORY - -The boot loader must provide either a tagged list or a dtb image for -passing configuration data to the kernel. The physical address of the -boot data is passed to the kernel in register r2. - -4a. Setup the kernel tagged list --------------------------------- - -The boot loader must create and initialise the kernel tagged list. -A valid tagged list starts with ATAG_CORE and ends with ATAG_NONE. -The ATAG_CORE tag may or may not be empty. An empty ATAG_CORE tag -has the size field set to '2' (0x00000002). The ATAG_NONE must set -the size field to zero. - -Any number of tags can be placed in the list. It is undefined -whether a repeated tag appends to the information carried by the -previous tag, or whether it replaces the information in its -entirety; some tags behave as the former, others the latter. - -The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of -the system memory, and root filesystem location. Therefore, the -minimum tagged list should look: - - +-----------+ -base -> | ATAG_CORE | | - +-----------+ | - | ATAG_MEM | | increasing address - +-----------+ | - | ATAG_NONE | | - +-----------+ v - -The tagged list should be stored in system RAM. - -The tagged list must be placed in a region of memory where neither -the kernel decompressor nor initrd 'bootp' program will overwrite -it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM. - -4b. Setup the device tree -------------------------- - -The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram -at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The -dtb format is documented in Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt. -The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb -physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a -tagged list. - -The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the -system memory, and the root filesystem location. The dtb must be -placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not -overwrite it, while remaining within the region which will be covered -by the kernel's low-memory mapping. - -A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM. - -5. Load initramfs. ------------------- - -Existing boot loaders: OPTIONAL -New boot loaders: OPTIONAL - -If an initramfs is in use then, as with the dtb, it must be placed in -a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not overwrite it -while also with the region which will be covered by the kernel's -low-memory mapping. - -A safe location is just above the device tree blob which itself will -be loaded just above the 128MiB boundary from the start of RAM as -recommended above. - -6. Calling the kernel image ---------------------------- - -Existing boot loaders: MANDATORY -New boot loaders: MANDATORY - -There are two options for calling the kernel zImage. If the zImage -is stored in flash, and is linked correctly to be run from flash, -then it is legal for the boot loader to call the zImage in flash -directly. - -The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The -kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended -that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate -prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly -faster. - -When booting a raw (non-zImage) kernel the constraints are tighter. -In this case the kernel must be loaded at an offset into system equal -to TEXT_OFFSET - PAGE_OFFSET. - -In any case, the following conditions must be met: - -- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get - corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save - you many hours of debug. - -- CPU register settings - r0 = 0, - r1 = machine type number discovered in (3) above. - r2 = physical address of tagged list in system RAM, or - physical address of device tree block (dtb) in system RAM - -- CPU mode - All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs) - - For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the - CPU must be in SVC mode. (A special exception exists for Angel) - - CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be - entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of - these extensions. This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs, - unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed - hypervisor. - - If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be - entered in SVC mode. - -- Caches, MMUs - The MMU must be off. - Instruction cache may be on or off. - Data cache must be off. - - If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to - the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged - kernel modes) configuration. In addition, all traps into the - hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all - peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally - possible. Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration - should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the - virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help. - -- The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping - directly to the first instruction of the kernel image. - - On CPUs supporting the ARM instruction set, the entry must be - made in ARM state, even for a Thumb-2 kernel. - - On CPUs supporting only the Thumb instruction set such as - Cortex-M class CPUs, the entry must be made in Thumb state. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx b/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx deleted file mode 100644 index e48b74de6ac0..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/IXP4xx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP4xx Network Processor - -Maintained by Deepak Saxena -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -1. Overview - -Intel's IXP4xx network processor is a highly integrated SOC that -is targeted for network applications, though it has become popular -in industrial control and other areas due to low cost and power -consumption. The IXP4xx family currently consists of several processors -that support different network offload functions such as encryption, -routing, firewalling, etc. The IXP46x family is an updated version which -supports faster speeds, new memory and flash configurations, and more -integration such as an on-chip I2C controller. - -For more information on the various versions of the CPU, see: - - http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp4xx.htm - -Intel also made the IXCP1100 CPU for sometime which is an IXP4xx -stripped of much of the network intelligence. - -2. Linux Support - -Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips: - -- Dual serial ports -- PCI interface -- Flash access (MTD/JFFS) -- I2C through GPIO on IXP42x -- GPIO for input/output/interrupts - See arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/include/mach/platform.h for access functions. -- Timers (watchdog, OS) - -The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and -require the use of Intel's proprietary CSR software: - -- USB device interface -- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc) -- Network offload functionality - -If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's -software from: - - http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm - -DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY -SOFTWARE. - -There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using -Intel's software: - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/ - Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries - -http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/ - Simple one page summary of building a gateway using an IXP425 and Linux - -http://ixp425.sourceforge.net/ - ATM device driver for IXP425 that relies on Intel's libraries - -3. Known Issues/Limitations - -3a. Limited inbound PCI window - -The IXP4xx family allows for up to 256MB of memory but the PCI interface -can only expose 64MB of that memory to the PCI bus. This means that if -you are running with > 64MB, all PCI buffers outside of the accessible -range will be bounced using the routines in arch/arm/common/dmabounce.c. - -3b. Limited outbound PCI window - -IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space: - -1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB). - To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR - into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl] - macros. This is the preffered method due to speed but it - limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be - problamatic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices. - -2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be - configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows - for up to 128MB (0x48000000 to 0x4fffffff) of memory on the bus. - The disadvantage of this is that every PCI access requires - three local register accesses plus a spinlock, but in some - cases the performance hit is acceptable. In addition, you cannot - mmap() PCI devices in this case due to the indirect nature - of the PCI window. - -By default, the direct method is used for performance reasons. If -you need more PCI memory, enable the IXP4XX_INDIRECT_PCI config option. - -3c. GPIO as Interrupts - -Currently the code only handles level-sensitive GPIO interrupts - -4. Supported platforms - -ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform -http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html - - The ADI Coyote platform is reference design for those building - small residential/office gateways. One NPE is connected to a 10/100 - interface, one to 4-port 10/100 switch, and the third to and ADSL - interface. In addition, it also supports to POTs interfaces connected - via SLICs. Note that those are not supported by Linux ATM. Finally, - the platform has two mini-PCI slots used for 802.11[bga] cards. - Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus. - -Gateworks Avila Network Platform -http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php - - The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots - replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off - the expansion bus. - -Intel IXDP425 Development Platform -http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm - - This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is - also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB - of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port. - -Intel IXDP465 Development Platform -http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm - - This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead - of just 16. - -Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform - - This is basically and ADI Coyote board with a NEC EHCI controller - added. One issue with this board is that the mini-PCI slots only - have the 3.3v line connected, so you can't use a PCI to mini-PCI - adapter with an E100 card. So to NFS root you need to use either - the CSR or a WiFi card and a ramdisk that BOOTPs and then does - a pivot_root to NFS. - -Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card -http://www.fountainsys.com - - The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into - and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply - contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be - plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only - supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform. - -5. TODO LIST - -- Add support for Coyote IDE -- Add support for edge-based GPIO interrupts -- Add support for CF IDE on expansion bus - -6. Thanks - -The IXP4xx work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc. - -The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc: - -Lennerty Buytenhek -Lutz Jaenicke -Justin Mayfield -Robert E. Ranslam -[I know I've forgotten others, please email me to be added] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Last Update: 01/04/2005 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Interrupts b/Documentation/arm/Interrupts deleted file mode 100644 index f09ab1b90ef1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Interrupts +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -2.5.2-rmk5 ----------- - -This is the first kernel that contains a major shake up of some of the -major architecture-specific subsystems. - -Firstly, it contains some pretty major changes to the way we handle the -MMU TLB. Each MMU TLB variant is now handled completely separately - -we have TLB v3, TLB v4 (without write buffer), TLB v4 (with write buffer), -and finally TLB v4 (with write buffer, with I TLB invalidate entry). -There is more assembly code inside each of these functions, mainly to -allow more flexible TLB handling for the future. - -Secondly, the IRQ subsystem. - -The 2.5 kernels will be having major changes to the way IRQs are handled. -Unfortunately, this means that machine types that touch the irq_desc[] -array (basically all machine types) will break, and this means every -machine type that we currently have. - -Lets take an example. On the Assabet with Neponset, we have: - - GPIO25 IRR:2 - SA1100 ------------> Neponset -----------> SA1111 - IIR:1 - -----------> USAR - IIR:0 - -----------> SMC9196 - -The way stuff currently works, all SA1111 interrupts are mutually -exclusive of each other - if you're processing one interrupt from the -SA1111 and another comes in, you have to wait for that interrupt to -finish processing before you can service the new interrupt. Eg, an -IDE PIO-based interrupt on the SA1111 excludes all other SA1111 and -SMC9196 interrupts until it has finished transferring its multi-sector -data, which can be a long time. Note also that since we loop in the -SA1111 IRQ handler, SA1111 IRQs can hold off SMC9196 IRQs indefinitely. - - -The new approach brings several new ideas... - -We introduce the concept of a "parent" and a "child". For example, -to the Neponset handler, the "parent" is GPIO25, and the "children"d -are SA1111, SMC9196 and USAR. - -We also bring the idea of an IRQ "chip" (mainly to reduce the size of -the irqdesc array). This doesn't have to be a real "IC"; indeed the -SA11x0 IRQs are handled by two separate "chip" structures, one for -GPIO0-10, and another for all the rest. It is just a container for -the various operations (maybe this'll change to a better name). -This structure has the following operations: - -struct irqchip { - /* - * Acknowledge the IRQ. - * If this is a level-based IRQ, then it is expected to mask the IRQ - * as well. - */ - void (*ack)(unsigned int irq); - /* - * Mask the IRQ in hardware. - */ - void (*mask)(unsigned int irq); - /* - * Unmask the IRQ in hardware. - */ - void (*unmask)(unsigned int irq); - /* - * Re-run the IRQ - */ - void (*rerun)(unsigned int irq); - /* - * Set the type of the IRQ. - */ - int (*type)(unsigned int irq, unsigned int, type); -}; - -ack - required. May be the same function as mask for IRQs - handled by do_level_IRQ. -mask - required. -unmask - required. -rerun - optional. Not required if you're using do_level_IRQ for all - IRQs that use this 'irqchip'. Generally expected to re-trigger - the hardware IRQ if possible. If not, may call the handler - directly. -type - optional. If you don't support changing the type of an IRQ, - it should be null so people can detect if they are unable to - set the IRQ type. - -For each IRQ, we keep the following information: - - - "disable" depth (number of disable_irq()s without enable_irq()s) - - flags indicating what we can do with this IRQ (valid, probe, - noautounmask) as before - - status of the IRQ (probing, enable, etc) - - chip - - per-IRQ handler - - irqaction structure list - -The handler can be one of the 3 standard handlers - "level", "edge" and -"simple", or your own specific handler if you need to do something special. - -The "level" handler is what we currently have - its pretty simple. -"edge" knows about the brokenness of such IRQ implementations - that you -need to leave the hardware IRQ enabled while processing it, and queueing -further IRQ events should the IRQ happen again while processing. The -"simple" handler is very basic, and does not perform any hardware -manipulation, nor state tracking. This is useful for things like the -SMC9196 and USAR above. - -So, what's changed? - -1. Machine implementations must not write to the irqdesc array. - -2. New functions to manipulate the irqdesc array. The first 4 are expected - to be useful only to machine specific code. The last is recommended to - only be used by machine specific code, but may be used in drivers if - absolutely necessary. - - set_irq_chip(irq,chip) - - Set the mask/unmask methods for handling this IRQ - - set_irq_handler(irq,handler) - - Set the handler for this IRQ (level, edge, simple) - - set_irq_chained_handler(irq,handler) - - Set a "chained" handler for this IRQ - automatically - enables this IRQ (eg, Neponset and SA1111 handlers). - - set_irq_flags(irq,flags) - - Set the valid/probe/noautoenable flags. - - set_irq_type(irq,type) - - Set active the IRQ edge(s)/level. This replaces the - SA1111 INTPOL manipulation, and the set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() - function. Type should be one of IRQ_TYPE_xxx defined in - - -3. set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() is obsolete, and should be replaced by set_irq_type. - -4. Direct access to SA1111 INTPOL is deprecated. Use set_irq_type instead. - -5. A handler is expected to perform any necessary acknowledgement of the - parent IRQ via the correct chip specific function. For instance, if - the SA1111 is directly connected to a SA1110 GPIO, then you should - acknowledge the SA1110 IRQ each time you re-read the SA1111 IRQ status. - -6. For any child which doesn't have its own IRQ enable/disable controls - (eg, SMC9196), the handler must mask or acknowledge the parent IRQ - while the child handler is called, and the child handler should be the - "simple" handler (not "edge" nor "level"). After the handler completes, - the parent IRQ should be unmasked, and the status of all children must - be re-checked for pending events. (see the Neponset IRQ handler for - details). - -7. fixup_irq() is gone, as is arch/arm/mach-*/include/mach/irq.h - -Please note that this will not solve all problems - some of them are -hardware based. Mixing level-based and edge-based IRQs on the same -parent signal (eg neponset) is one such area where a software based -solution can't provide the full answer to low IRQ latency. - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README deleted file mode 100644 index 56ada27c53be..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -ARM Marvell SoCs -================ - -This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently -supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of -SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support -for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document -tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to -match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available. - -Orion family ------------- - - Flavors: - 88F5082 - 88F5181 - 88F5181L - 88F5182 - Datasheet : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf - Programmer's User Guide : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf - User Manual : http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf - 88F5281 - Datasheet : http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf - 88F6183 - Core: Feroceon 88fr331 (88f51xx) or 88fr531-vd (88f52xx) ARMv5 compatible - Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-orion5x - Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion - -Kirkwood family ---------------- - - Flavors: - 88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf - 88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf - 88F6190 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf - 88F6192 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf - 88F6182 - 88F6180 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf - 88F6281 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf - Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/ - Core: Feroceon 88fr131 ARMv5 compatible - Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu - Linux kernel plat directory: none - -Discovery family ----------------- - - Flavors: - MV78100 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf - MV78200 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf - MV76100 - Not supported by the Linux kernel. - - Core: Feroceon 88fr571-vd ARMv5 compatible - - Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0 - Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion - -EBU Armada family ------------------ - - Armada 370 Flavors: - 88F6710 - 88F6707 - 88F6W11 - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf - Hardware Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf - Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible PJ4B - - Armada 375 Flavors: - 88F6720 - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf - Core: ARM Cortex-A9 - - Armada 38x Flavors: - 88F6810 Armada 380 - 88F6820 Armada 385 - 88F6828 Armada 388 - Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/ - Functional Spec: https://marvellcorp.wufoo.com/forms/marvell-armada-38x-functional-specifications/ - Core: ARM Cortex-A9 - - Armada 39x Flavors: - 88F6920 Armada 390 - 88F6928 Armada 398 - Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/ - Core: ARM Cortex-A9 - - Armada XP Flavors: - MV78230 - MV78260 - MV78460 - NOTE: not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf - Hardware Specs: - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF - Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Dual-core or Quad-core PJ4B-MP - - Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu - Linux kernel plat directory: none - -EBU Armada family ARMv8 ------------------------ - - Armada 3710/3720 Flavors: - 88F3710 - 88F3720 - Core: ARM Cortex A53 (ARMv8) - - Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/ - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/PB-88F3700-FNL.pdf - Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37* - - Armada 7K Flavors: - 88F7020 (AP806 Dual + one CP110) - 88F7040 (AP806 Quad + one CP110) - Core: ARM Cortex A72 - - Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-70xx/ - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7020PB-Jan2016.pdf - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7040PB-Jan2016.pdf - Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-70* - - Armada 8K Flavors: - 88F8020 (AP806 Dual + two CP110) - 88F8040 (AP806 Quad + two CP110) - Core: ARM Cortex A72 - - Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-80xx/ - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8020PB-Jan2016.pdf - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8040PB-Jan2016.pdf - Device tree files: arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-80* - -Avanta family -------------- - - Flavors: - 88F6510 - 88F6530P - 88F6550 - 88F6560 - Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/broadband/ - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf - No public datasheet available. - - Core: ARMv5 compatible - - Linux kernel mach directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future - Linux kernel plat directory: no code in mainline yet, planned for the future - -Storage family --------------- - - Armada SP: - 88RC1580 - Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/storage/armada-sp/ - Core: Sheeva ARMv7 comatible Quad-core PJ4C - (not supported in upstream Linux kernel) - -Dove family (application processor) ------------------------------------ - - Flavors: - 88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf - Functional Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf - Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/ - Core: ARMv7 compatible - - Directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms) - arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms) - -PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family --------------------------- - - Flavors: - PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x - Application processor only - Core: ARMv5 XScale1 core - PXA270, PXA271, PXA272 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf - Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf - Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf - Specification : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf - Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf - Application processor only - Core: ARMv5 XScale2 core - PXA300, PXA310, PXA320 - PXA 300 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf - PXA 310 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf - PXA 320 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf - Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf - Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip - Specifications : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf - Specification Update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip - Reference Manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf - Application processor only - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core - PXA930, PXA935 - Application processor with Communication processor - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core - PXA955 - Application processor with Communication processor - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core - - Comments: - - * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by - Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x, - PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while - the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell. - - * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in - common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell - SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs. - - Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-pxa - Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa - -MMP/MMP2/MMP3 family (communication processor) ------------------------------------------ - - Flavors: - PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168 - Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp - Product brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf - Hardware manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf - Software manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf - Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf - Boot ROM manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf - App node package : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf - Application processor only - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk) - PXA910/PXA920 - Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/ - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/assets/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB_final.pdf - Application processor with Communication processor - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk) - PXA688, a.k.a. MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610 - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf - Application processor only - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x core - PXA2128, a.k.a. MMP3 (OLPC XO4, Linux support not upstream) - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada/pxa2128/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-PXA2128-SoC-PB.pdf - Application processor only - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4C core - PXA960/PXA968/PXA978 (Linux support not upstream) - Application processor with Communication Processor - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core - PXA986/PXA988 (Linux support not upstream) - Application processor with Communication Processor - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4B-MP core - PXA1088/PXA1920 (Linux support not upstream) - Application processor with Communication Processor - Core: quad-core ARMv7 Cortex-A7 - PXA1908/PXA1928/PXA1936 - Application processor with Communication Processor - Core: multi-core ARMv8 Cortex-A53 - - Comments: - - * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by - Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of - this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell. - - * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in - common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell - SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above. - - Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mmp - Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa - -Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions) -------------------------------------- - - Flavors: - 88DE3010, Armada 1000 (no Linux support) - Core: Marvell PJ1 (ARMv5TE), Dual-core - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com.cn/digital-entertainment/assets/armada_1000_pb.pdf - 88DE3005, Armada 1500 Mini - Design name: BG2CD - Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC - 88DE3006, Armada 1500 Mini Plus - Design name: BG2CDP - Core: Dual Core ARM Cortex-A7 - 88DE3100, Armada 1500 - Design name: BG2 - Core: Marvell PJ4B-MP (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC - 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro - Design name: BG2Q - Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC - 88DE3214, Armada 1500 Pro 4K - Design name: BG3 - Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC - 88DE3218, ARMADA 1500 Ultra - Core: ARM Cortex-A53 - - Homepage: https://www.synaptics.com/products/multimedia-solutions - Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin - - Comments: - - * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs - with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...). - - * The Berlin family was acquired by Synaptics from Marvell in 2017. - -CPU Cores ---------- - -The XScale cores were designed by Intel, and shipped by Marvell in the older -PXA processors. Feroceon is a Marvell designed core that developed in-house, -and that evolved into Sheeva. The XScale and Feroceon cores were phased out -over time and replaced with Sheeva cores in later products, which subsequently -got replaced with licensed ARM Cortex-A cores. - - XScale 1 - CPUID 0x69052xxx - ARMv5, iWMMXt - XScale 2 - CPUID 0x69054xxx - ARMv5, iWMMXt - XScale 3 - CPUID 0x69056xxx or 0x69056xxx - ARMv5, iWMMXt - Feroceon-1850 88fr331 "Mohawk" - CPUID 0x5615331x or 0x41xx926x - ARMv5TE, single issue - Feroceon-2850 88fr531-vd "Jolteon" - CPUID 0x5605531x or 0x41xx926x - ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue - Feroceon 88fr571-vd "Jolteon" - CPUID 0x5615571x - ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue - Feroceon 88fr131 "Mohawk-D" - CPUID 0x5625131x - ARMv5TE, single-issue in-order - Sheeva PJ1 88sv331 "Mohawk" - CPUID 0x561584xx - ARMv5, single-issue iWMMXt v2 - Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x "Flareon" - CPUID 0x560f581x - ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2 - Sheeva PJ4B 88sv581x - CPUID 0x561f581x - ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2 - Sheeva PJ4B-MP / PJ4C - CPUID 0x562f584x - ARMv7, idivt/idiva, LPAE, optional iWMMXt v2 and/or NEON - -Long-term plans ---------------- - - * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the - mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering - Business Unit) in a single mach- directory. The plat-orion/ - would therefore disappear. - - * Unify the mach-mmp/ and mach-pxa/ into the same mach-pxa - directory. The plat-pxa/ would therefore disappear. - -Credits -------- - - Maen Suleiman - Lior Amsalem - Thomas Petazzoni - Andrew Lunn - Nicolas Pitre - Eric Miao diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Microchip/README b/Documentation/arm/Microchip/README deleted file mode 100644 index a366f37d38f1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Microchip/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91) -============================= - - -Introduction ------------- -This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are -currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org). - -It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU -product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel -development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from -the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees, -git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string. - - -AT91 SoCs ---------- -Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on -the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com. - - Flavors: - * ARM 920 based SoC - - at91rm9200 - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf - - * ARM 926 based SoCs - - at91sam9260 - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf - - - at91sam9xe - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf - - - at91sam9261 - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf - - - at91sam9263 - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf - - - at91sam9rl - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf - - - at91sam9g20 - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf - - - at91sam9g45 family - - at91sam9g45 - - at91sam9g46 - - at91sam9m10 - - at91sam9m11 (device superset) - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf - - - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series") - - at91sam9g15 - - at91sam9g25 - - at91sam9g35 - - at91sam9x25 - - at91sam9x35 - + Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family) - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf - - - at91sam9n12 - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf - - * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs - - sama5d3 family - - sama5d31 - - sama5d33 - - sama5d34 - - sama5d35 - - sama5d36 (device superset) - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf - - * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs - - sama5d4 family - - sama5d41 - - sama5d42 - - sama5d43 - - sama5d44 (device superset) - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf - - - sama5d2 family - - sama5d21 - - sama5d22 - - sama5d23 - - sama5d24 - - sama5d26 - - sama5d27 (device superset) - - sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors) - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf - - * ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs - - sams70 family - - sams70j19 - - sams70j20 - - sams70j21 - - sams70n19 - - sams70n20 - - sams70n21 - - sams70q19 - - sams70q20 - - sams70q21 - - - samv70 family - - samv70j19 - - samv70j20 - - samv70n19 - - samv70n20 - - samv70q19 - - samv70q20 - - - samv71 family - - samv71j19 - - samv71j20 - - samv71j21 - - samv71n19 - - samv71n20 - - samv71n21 - - samv71q19 - - samv71q20 - - samv71q21 - - + Datasheet - http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001527A.pdf - - -Linux kernel information ------------------------- -Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91 -MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support" - - -Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards ------------------------------------- -All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products -must use this method to boot the Linux kernel. - -Work In Progress statement: -Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are -considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at -any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from -the same source tree. -Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt file for a -definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI. -This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate. - -Naming conventions and best practice: -- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of - the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance). -- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be - shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance). - When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to - be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi - or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example). -- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so - that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions - to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Netwinder b/Documentation/arm/Netwinder deleted file mode 100644 index f1b457fbd3de..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Netwinder +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -NetWinder specific documentation -================================ - -The NetWinder is a small low-power computer, primarily designed -to run Linux. It is based around the StrongARM RISC processor, -DC21285 PCI bridge, with PC-type hardware glued around it. - -Port usage -========== - -Min - Max Description ---------------------------- -0x0000 - 0x000f DMA1 -0x0020 - 0x0021 PIC1 -0x0060 - 0x006f Keyboard -0x0070 - 0x007f RTC -0x0080 - 0x0087 DMA1 -0x0088 - 0x008f DMA2 -0x00a0 - 0x00a3 PIC2 -0x00c0 - 0x00df DMA2 -0x0180 - 0x0187 IRDA -0x01f0 - 0x01f6 ide0 -0x0201 Game port -0x0203 RWA010 configuration read -0x0220 - ? SoundBlaster -0x0250 - ? WaveArtist -0x0279 RWA010 configuration index -0x02f8 - 0x02ff Serial ttyS1 -0x0300 - 0x031f Ether10 -0x0338 GPIO1 -0x033a GPIO2 -0x0370 - 0x0371 W83977F configuration registers -0x0388 - ? AdLib -0x03c0 - 0x03df VGA -0x03f6 ide0 -0x03f8 - 0x03ff Serial ttyS0 -0x0400 - 0x0408 DC21143 -0x0480 - 0x0487 DMA1 -0x0488 - 0x048f DMA2 -0x0a79 RWA010 configuration write -0xe800 - 0xe80f ide0/ide1 BM DMA - - -Interrupt usage -=============== - -IRQ type Description ---------------------------- - 0 ISA 100Hz timer - 1 ISA Keyboard - 2 ISA cascade - 3 ISA Serial ttyS1 - 4 ISA Serial ttyS0 - 5 ISA PS/2 mouse - 6 ISA IRDA - 7 ISA Printer - 8 ISA RTC alarm - 9 ISA -10 ISA GP10 (Orange reset button) -11 ISA -12 ISA WaveArtist -13 ISA -14 ISA hda1 -15 ISA - -DMA usage -========= - -DMA type Description ---------------------------- - 0 ISA IRDA - 1 ISA - 2 ISA cascade - 3 ISA WaveArtist - 4 ISA - 5 ISA - 6 ISA - 7 ISA WaveArtist diff --git a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS deleted file mode 100644 index 4484e021290e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem -------------------------- - -This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap -(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI, -TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements -also. - -The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB, -panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live -currently side by side, you can choose which one to use. - -Features --------- - -Working and tested features include: - -- MIPI DPI (parallel) output -- MIPI DSI output in command mode -- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output -- SDI output -- TV output -- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel -- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs -- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output -- OMAP DISPC planes -- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked -- YUV2, UYVY -- Scaling -- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock -- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK - -Tested boards include: -- OMAP3 SDP board -- Beagle board -- N810 - -omapdss driver --------------- - -The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or -such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level -drivers can use. - -The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a -flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to -modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay -managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA. - -omapdss driver support for audio --------------------------------- -There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as -well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio -interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in -the functionality. - -The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant -IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset -some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before -audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is -intended to be called after audio_stop. - -While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for -certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a -VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether -the current configuration of the display supports audio. - -The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio -parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any -specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose -is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the -moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word -and CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support -HDMI and DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958. - -The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be -implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called -while holding a spinlock or a readlock. - -The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio -playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed -to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be -called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs, -DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers. -audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used -for playback are released using audio_disable. - -The enum omap_dss_audio_state may be used to help the implementations of -the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED; -then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to -play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being -rendered. - - -Panel and controller drivers ----------------------------- - -The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not -usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register -themselves to the DSS driver. - -omapfb driver -------------- - -The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers. -These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very -dynamic display architecture. - -The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the -ioctls in the old driver. - -The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final -implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open. - -V4L2 drivers ------------- - -V4L2 is being implemented in TI. - -From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer -driver. - -Architecture --------------------- - -Some clarification what the different components do: - - - Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the - pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color - depth. - - Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the - screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only - part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if - the overlay is smaller than the display. - - Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to - display. - - Display is the actual physical display device. - -A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data -on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be -the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any -framebuffer can be connected to any overlay. - -An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be -connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only -connected to virtual overlays. - -An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain -restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected: - - - DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display. - - Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays. - - DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV - display. - -Sysfs ------ -The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs -interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know -what would be the best interfaces for these things. - -The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB. - -/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory: -mirror 0=off, 1=on -rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees -rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation -overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go -phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer -virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer -size Size of the framebuffer - -/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory: -enabled 0=off, 1=on -input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size) -manager Destination overlay manager name -name -output_size width,height -position x,y -screen_width width -global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque - -/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory: -display Destination display -name -alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on -trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on -trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source -trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24) -default_color default background color (RGB24) - -/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory: -ctrl_name Controller name -mirror 0=off, 1=on -update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual -enabled 0=off, 1=on -name -rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees -timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw) - When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out: - "pal" and "ntsc" -panel_name -tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on -output_type Output type (video encoder only): "composite" or "svideo" - -There are also some debugfs files at /omapdss/ which show information -about clocks and registers. - -Examples --------- - -The following definitions have been made for the examples below: - -ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0 -ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1 -ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2 - -mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0 -mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1 - -lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0 -dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1 -tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2 - -fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0 -fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1 -fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2 - -Default setup on OMAP3 SDP --------------------------- - -Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI -and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are: -framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are -handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS. - -FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI -FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD -FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV - -Example: Switch from LCD to DVI ----------------------- - -w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1` -h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1` - -echo "0" > $lcd/enabled -echo "" > $mgr0/display -fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h -# at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board -echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display -echo "1" > $dvi/enabled - -After this the configuration looks like: - -FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI -FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD -FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV - -Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV -------------------------------- - -w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1` -h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1` - -echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled -echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled - -echo "" > $fb1/overlays -echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays - -echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size -echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager - -echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled -echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled - -echo "1" > $tv/enabled - -After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown): - -FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD - \- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV - -Misc notes ----------- - -OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You -can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma -allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase -the global memory area for CMA. - -Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock -of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI. - -Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB -does not support mirroring. - -VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you -probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also, -many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all -framebuffer parameters. - -Kernel boot arguments ---------------------- - -omapfb.mode=:[,...] - - Default video mode for specified displays. For example, - "dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/modedb.c. - There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that - can be used to tv out. - -omapfb.vram=:[@][,...] - - VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram - depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate - more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example, - "1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1. - -omapfb.debug= - - Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled - in kernel config. - -omapfb.test= - - Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change. - You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config. - -omapfb.vrfb= - - Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers. - -omapfb.rotate= - - Default rotation applied to all framebuffers. - 0 - 0 degree rotation - 1 - 90 degree rotation - 2 - 180 degree rotation - 3 - 270 degree rotation - -omapfb.mirror= - - Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation. - -omapdss.def_disp= - - Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected. - Common examples are "lcd" or "tv". - -omapdss.debug= - - Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in - kernel config. - -TODO ----- - -DSS locking - -Error checking -- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG() - -System DMA update for DSI -- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how - to skip the empty byte?) - -OMAP1 support -- Not sure if needed - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/README b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/README deleted file mode 100644 index 90c6c57d61e8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -This file contains documentation for running mainline -kernel on omaps. - -KERNEL NEW DEPENDENCIES -v4.3+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure - CONFIG_REGULATOR_PBIAS is enabled for MMC1 to work - properly. - -v4.18+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure - CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_OMAP is enabled for all MMC instances - to work in DRA7 and K2G based boards. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/omap_pm b/Documentation/arm/OMAP/omap_pm deleted file mode 100644 index 4ae915a9f899..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/OMAP/omap_pm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ - -The OMAP PM interface -===================== - -This document describes the temporary OMAP PM interface. Driver -authors use these functions to communicate minimum latency or -throughput constraints to the kernel power management code. -Over time, the intention is to merge features from the OMAP PM -interface into the Linux PM QoS code. - -Drivers need to express PM parameters which: - -- support the range of power management parameters present in the TI SRF; - -- separate the drivers from the underlying PM parameter - implementation, whether it is the TI SRF or Linux PM QoS or Linux - latency framework or something else; - -- specify PM parameters in terms of fundamental units, such as - latency and throughput, rather than units which are specific to OMAP - or to particular OMAP variants; - -- allow drivers which are shared with other architectures (e.g., - DaVinci) to add these constraints in a way which won't affect non-OMAP - systems, - -- can be implemented immediately with minimal disruption of other - architectures. - - -This document proposes the OMAP PM interface, including the following -five power management functions for driver code: - -1. Set the maximum MPU wakeup latency: - (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t) - -2. Set the maximum device wakeup latency: - (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t) - -3. Set the maximum system DMA transfer start latency (CORE pwrdm): - (*pdata->set_max_sdma_lat)(struct device *dev, long t) - -4. Set the minimum bus throughput needed by a device: - (*pdata->set_min_bus_tput)(struct device *dev, u8 agent_id, unsigned long r) - -5. Return the number of times the device has lost context - (*pdata->get_dev_context_loss_count)(struct device *dev) - - -Further documentation for all OMAP PM interface functions can be -found in arch/arm/plat-omap/include/mach/omap-pm.h. - - -The OMAP PM layer is intended to be temporary ---------------------------------------------- - -The intention is that eventually the Linux PM QoS layer should support -the range of power management features present in OMAP3. As this -happens, existing drivers using the OMAP PM interface can be modified -to use the Linux PM QoS code; and the OMAP PM interface can disappear. - - -Driver usage of the OMAP PM functions -------------------------------------- - -As the 'pdata' in the above examples indicates, these functions are -exposed to drivers through function pointers in driver .platform_data -structures. The function pointers are initialized by the board-*.c -files to point to the corresponding OMAP PM functions: -.set_max_dev_wakeup_lat will point to -omap_pm_set_max_dev_wakeup_lat(), etc. Other architectures which do -not support these functions should leave these function pointers set -to NULL. Drivers should use the following idiom: - - if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat) - (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, t); - -The most common usage of these functions will probably be to specify -the maximum time from when an interrupt occurs, to when the device -becomes accessible. To accomplish this, driver writers should use the -set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the MPU wakeup -latency, and the set_max_dev_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the -device wakeup latency (from clk_enable() to accessibility). For -example, - - /* Limit MPU wakeup latency */ - if (pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat) - (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(dev, tc); - - /* Limit device powerdomain wakeup latency */ - if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat) - (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, td); - - /* total wakeup latency in this example: (tc + td) */ - -The PM parameters can be overwritten by calling the function again -with the new value. The settings can be removed by calling the -function with a t argument of -1 (except in the case of -set_max_bus_tput(), which should be called with an r argument of 0). - -The fifth function above, omap_pm_get_dev_context_loss_count(), -is intended as an optimization to allow drivers to determine whether the -device has lost its internal context. If context has been lost, the -driver must restore its internal context before proceeding. - - -Other specialized interface functions -------------------------------------- - -The five functions listed above are intended to be usable by any -device driver. DSPBridge and CPUFreq have a few special requirements. -DSPBridge expresses target DSP performance levels in terms of OPP IDs. -CPUFreq expresses target MPU performance levels in terms of MPU -frequency. The OMAP PM interface contains functions for these -specialized cases to convert that input information (OPPs/MPU -frequency) into the form that the underlying power management -implementation needs: - -6. (*pdata->dsp_get_opp_table)(void) - -7. (*pdata->dsp_set_min_opp)(u8 opp_id) - -8. (*pdata->dsp_get_opp)(void) - -9. (*pdata->cpu_get_freq_table)(void) - -10. (*pdata->cpu_set_freq)(unsigned long f) - -11. (*pdata->cpu_get_freq)(void) - -Customizing OPP for platform -============================ -Defining CONFIG_PM should enable OPP layer for the silicon -and the registration of OPP table should take place automatically. -However, in special cases, the default OPP table may need to be -tweaked, for e.g.: - * enable default OPPs which are disabled by default, but which - could be enabled on a platform - * Disable an unsupported OPP on the platform - * Define and add a custom opp table entry -in these cases, the board file needs to do additional steps as follows: -arch/arm/mach-omapx/board-xyz.c - #include "pm.h" - .... - static void __init omap_xyz_init_irq(void) - { - .... - /* Initialize the default table */ - omapx_opp_init(); - /* Do customization to the defaults */ - .... - } -NOTE: omapx_opp_init will be omap3_opp_init or as required -based on the omap family. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Porting b/Documentation/arm/Porting deleted file mode 100644 index a492233931b9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Porting +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -Taken from list archive at http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-July/004064.html - -Initial definitions -------------------- - -The following symbol definitions rely on you knowing the translation that -__virt_to_phys() does for your machine. This macro converts the passed -virtual address to a physical address. Normally, it is simply: - - phys = virt - PAGE_OFFSET + PHYS_OFFSET - - -Decompressor Symbols --------------------- - -ZTEXTADDR - Start address of decompressor. There's no point in talking about - virtual or physical addresses here, since the MMU will be off at - the time when you call the decompressor code. You normally call - the kernel at this address to start it booting. This doesn't have - to be located in RAM, it can be in flash or other read-only or - read-write addressable medium. - -ZBSSADDR - Start address of zero-initialised work area for the decompressor. - This must be pointing at RAM. The decompressor will zero initialise - this for you. Again, the MMU will be off. - -ZRELADDR - This is the address where the decompressed kernel will be written, - and eventually executed. The following constraint must be valid: - - __virt_to_phys(TEXTADDR) == ZRELADDR - - The initial part of the kernel is carefully coded to be position - independent. - -INITRD_PHYS - Physical address to place the initial RAM disk. Only relevant if - you are using the bootpImage stuff (which only works on the old - struct param_struct). - -INITRD_VIRT - Virtual address of the initial RAM disk. The following constraint - must be valid: - - __virt_to_phys(INITRD_VIRT) == INITRD_PHYS - -PARAMS_PHYS - Physical address of the struct param_struct or tag list, giving the - kernel various parameters about its execution environment. - - -Kernel Symbols --------------- - -PHYS_OFFSET - Physical start address of the first bank of RAM. - -PAGE_OFFSET - Virtual start address of the first bank of RAM. During the kernel - boot phase, virtual address PAGE_OFFSET will be mapped to physical - address PHYS_OFFSET, along with any other mappings you supply. - This should be the same value as TASK_SIZE. - -TASK_SIZE - The maximum size of a user process in bytes. Since user space - always starts at zero, this is the maximum address that a user - process can access+1. The user space stack grows down from this - address. - - Any virtual address below TASK_SIZE is deemed to be user process - area, and therefore managed dynamically on a process by process - basis by the kernel. I'll call this the user segment. - - Anything above TASK_SIZE is common to all processes. I'll call - this the kernel segment. - - (In other words, you can't put IO mappings below TASK_SIZE, and - hence PAGE_OFFSET). - -TEXTADDR - Virtual start address of kernel, normally PAGE_OFFSET + 0x8000. - This is where the kernel image ends up. With the latest kernels, - it must be located at 32768 bytes into a 128MB region. Previous - kernels placed a restriction of 256MB here. - -DATAADDR - Virtual address for the kernel data segment. Must not be defined - when using the decompressor. - -VMALLOC_START -VMALLOC_END - Virtual addresses bounding the vmalloc() area. There must not be - any static mappings in this area; vmalloc will overwrite them. - The addresses must also be in the kernel segment (see above). - Normally, the vmalloc() area starts VMALLOC_OFFSET bytes above the - last virtual RAM address (found using variable high_memory). - -VMALLOC_OFFSET - Offset normally incorporated into VMALLOC_START to provide a hole - between virtual RAM and the vmalloc area. We do this to allow - out of bounds memory accesses (eg, something writing off the end - of the mapped memory map) to be caught. Normally set to 8MB. - -Architecture Specific Macros ----------------------------- - -BOOT_MEM(pram,pio,vio) - `pram' specifies the physical start address of RAM. Must always - be present, and should be the same as PHYS_OFFSET. - - `pio' is the physical address of an 8MB region containing IO for - use with the debugging macros in arch/arm/kernel/debug-armv.S. - - `vio' is the virtual address of the 8MB debugging region. - - It is expected that the debugging region will be re-initialised - by the architecture specific code later in the code (via the - MAPIO function). - -BOOT_PARAMS - Same as, and see PARAMS_PHYS. - -FIXUP(func) - Machine specific fixups, run before memory subsystems have been - initialised. - -MAPIO(func) - Machine specific function to map IO areas (including the debug - region above). - -INITIRQ(func) - Machine specific function to initialise interrupts. - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/README b/Documentation/arm/README deleted file mode 100644 index 9d1e5b2c92e6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ - ARM Linux 2.6 - ============= - - Please check for - updates. - -Compilation of kernel ---------------------- - - In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of - generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be - a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report - an error if your compiler is a recognized offender. - - To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line - in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF - tools installed as default, then you should change the CROSS_COMPILE - line as detailed below. - - If you wish to cross-compile, then alter the following lines in the top - level make file: - - ARCH = - with - ARCH = arm - - and - - CROSS_COMPILE= - to - CROSS_COMPILE= - eg. - CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- - - Do a 'make config', followed by 'make Image' to build the kernel - (arch/arm/boot/Image). A compressed image can be built by doing a - 'make zImage' instead of 'make Image'. - - -Bug reports etc ---------------- - - Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see - http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some - explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed. - - Bug reports should be sent to linux-arm-kernel@lists.arm.linux.org.uk, - or submitted through the web form at - http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/ - - When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant - information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during - the problem, what you were doing, etc. - - -Include files -------------- - - Several new include directories have been created under include/asm-arm, - which are there to reduce the clutter in the top-level directory. These - directories, and their purpose is listed below: - - arch-* machine/platform specific header files - hardware driver-internal ARM specific data structures/definitions - mach descriptions of generic ARM to specific machine interfaces - proc-* processor dependent header files (currently only two - categories) - - -Machine/Platform support ------------------------- - - The ARM tree contains support for a lot of different machine types. To - continue supporting these differences, it has become necessary to split - machine-specific parts by directory. For this, the machine category is - used to select which directories and files get included (we will use - $(MACHINE) to refer to the category) - - To this end, we now have arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE) directories which are - designed to house the non-driver files for a particular machine (eg, PCI, - memory management, architecture definitions etc). For all future - machines, there should be a corresponding arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE)/include/mach - directory. - - -Modules -------- - - Although modularisation is supported (and required for the FP emulator), - each module on an ARM2/ARM250/ARM3 machine when is loaded will take - memory up to the next 32k boundary due to the size of the pages. - Therefore, is modularisation on these machines really worth it? - - However, ARM6 and up machines allow modules to take multiples of 4k, and - as such Acorn RiscPCs and other architectures using these processors can - make good use of modularisation. - - -ADFS Image files ----------------- - - You can access image files on your ADFS partitions by mounting the ADFS - partition, and then using the loopback device driver. You must have - losetup installed. - - Please note that the PCEmulator DOS partitions have a partition table at - the start, and as such, you will have to give '-o offset' to losetup. - - -Request to developers ---------------------- - - When writing device drivers which include a separate assembler file, please - include it in with the C file, and not the arch/arm/lib directory. This - allows the driver to be compiled as a loadable module without requiring - half the code to be compiled into the kernel image. - - In general, try to avoid using assembler unless it is really necessary. It - makes drivers far less easy to port to other hardware. - - -ST506 hard drives ------------------ - - The ST506 hard drive controllers seem to be working fine (if a little - slowly). At the moment they will only work off the controllers on an - A4x0's motherboard, but for it to work off a Podule just requires - someone with a podule to add the addresses for the IRQ mask and the - HDC base to the source. - - As of 31/3/96 it works with two drives (you should get the ADFS - *configure harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great - big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ). - - I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); thats about half of what - RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting - last week :-) - - Known bug: Drive data errors can cause a hang; including cases where - the controller has fixed the error using ECC. (Possibly ONLY - in that case...hmm). - - -1772 Floppy ------------ - This also seems to work OK, but hasn't been stressed much lately. It - hasn't got any code for disc change detection in there at the moment which - could be a bit of a problem! Suggestions on the correct way to do this - are welcome. - - -CONFIG_MACH_ and CONFIG_ARCH_ ------------------------------ - A change was made in 2003 to the macro names for new machines. - Historically, CONFIG_ARCH_ was used for the bonafide architecture, - e.g. SA1100, as well as implementations of the architecture, - e.g. Assabet. It was decided to change the implementation macros - to read CONFIG_MACH_ for clarity. Moreover, a retroactive fixup has - not been made because it would complicate patching. - - Previous registrations may be found online. - - - -Kernel entry (head.S) --------------------------- - The initial entry into the kernel is via head.S, which uses machine - independent code. The machine is selected by the value of 'r1' on - entry, which must be kept unique. - - Due to the large number of machines which the ARM port of Linux provides - for, we have a method to manage this which ensures that we don't end up - duplicating large amounts of code. - - We group machine (or platform) support code into machine classes. A - class typically based around one or more system on a chip devices, and - acts as a natural container around the actual implementations. These - classes are given directories - arch/arm/mach- and - arch/arm/mach- - which contain the source files to/include/mach - support the machine class. This directories also contain any machine - specific supporting code. - - For example, the SA1100 class is based upon the SA1100 and SA1110 SoC - devices, and contains the code to support the way the on-board and off- - board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that - machine specific "personality." - - For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is - controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At - compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for - a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types. - - For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is - controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a - compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the - web site at: - - - - Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your - platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type. - ---- -Russell King (15/03/2004) diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/ADSBitsy b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/ADSBitsy deleted file mode 100644 index f9f62e8c0719..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/ADSBitsy +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -ADS Bitsy Single Board Computer -(It is different from Bitsy(iPAQ) of Compaq) - -For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see -http://www.applieddata.net/products.html - -The Linux support for this product has been provided by -Woojung Huh - -Use 'make adsbitsy_config' before any 'make config'. -This will set up defaults for ADS Bitsy support. - -The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000. - -Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the -newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. - -Supported peripherals: -- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) -- SA1111 USB Master -- SA1100 serial port -- pcmcia, compact flash -- touchscreen(ucb1200) -- console on LCD screen -- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) - - ttyS0 is default for serial console - -To do: -- everything else! :-) - -Notes: - -- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. - You should be careful to use flash on board. - Its partition is different from GraphicsClient Plus and GraphicsMaster - -- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. - Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, - if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp - mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be - fixed soon. - -Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet deleted file mode 100644 index e08a6739e72c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Assabet +++ /dev/null @@ -1,300 +0,0 @@ -The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board -============================================ - -Please see: -http://developer.intel.com - -Also some notes from John G Dorsey : -http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html - - -Building the kernel -------------------- - -To build the kernel with current defaults: - - make assabet_config - make oldconfig - make zImage - -The resulting kernel image should be available in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. - - -Installing a bootloader ------------------------ - -A couple of bootloaders able to boot Linux on Assabet are available: - -BLOB (http://www.lartmaker.nl/lartware/blob/) - - BLOB is a bootloader used within the LART project. Some contributed - patches were merged into BLOB to add support for Assabet. - -Compaq's Bootldr + John Dorsey's patch for Assabet support -(http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/bootldr.html) -(http://www.wearablegroup.org/software/bootldr/) - - Bootldr is the bootloader developed by Compaq for the iPAQ Pocket PC. - John Dorsey has produced add-on patches to add support for Assabet and - the JFFS filesystem. - -RedBoot (http://sources.redhat.com/redboot/) - - RedBoot is a bootloader developed by Red Hat based on the eCos RTOS - hardware abstraction layer. It supports Assabet amongst many other - hardware platforms. - -RedBoot is currently the recommended choice since it's the only one to have -networking support, and is the most actively maintained. - -Brief examples on how to boot Linux with RedBoot are shown below. But first -you need to have RedBoot installed in your flash memory. A known to work -precompiled RedBoot binary is available from the following location: - -ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico/ -ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/people/nico/ -ftp://ftp.handhelds.org/pub/linux/arm/sa-1100-patches/ - -Look for redboot-assabet*.tgz. Some installation infos are provided in -redboot-assabet*.txt. - - -Initial RedBoot configuration ------------------------------ - -The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available -on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html. -Please refer to it for explanations. - -If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from -Socket Communications Inc.), you should strongly consider using it for TFTP -file transfers. You must insert it before RedBoot runs since it can't detect -it dynamically. - -To initialize the flash directory: - - fis init -f - -To initialize the non-volatile settings, like whether you want to use BOOTP or -a static IP address, etc, use this command: - - fconfig -i - - -Writing a kernel image into flash ---------------------------------- - -First, the kernel image must be loaded into RAM. If you have the zImage file -available on a TFTP server: - - load zImage -r -b 0x100000 - -If you rather want to use Y-Modem upload over the serial port: - - load -m ymodem -r -b 0x100000 - -To write it to flash: - - fis create "Linux kernel" -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 - - -Booting the kernel ------------------- - -The kernel still requires a filesystem to boot. A ramdisk image can be loaded -as follows: - - load ramdisk_image.gz -r -b 0x800000 - -Again, Y-Modem upload can be used instead of TFTP by replacing the file name -by '-y ymodem'. - -Now the kernel can be retrieved from flash like this: - - fis load "Linux kernel" - -or loaded as described previously. To boot the kernel: - - exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 - -The ramdisk image could be stored into flash as well, but there are better -solutions for on-flash filesystems as mentioned below. - - -Using JFFS2 ------------ - -Using JFFS2 (the Second Journalling Flash File System) is probably the most -convenient way to store a writable filesystem into flash. JFFS2 is used in -conjunction with the MTD layer which is responsible for low-level flash -management. More information on the Linux MTD can be found on-line at: -http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/. A JFFS howto with some infos about -creating JFFS/JFFS2 images is available from the same site. - -For instance, a sample JFFS2 image can be retrieved from the same FTP sites -mentioned below for the precompiled RedBoot image. - -To load this file: - - load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000 - -The result should look like: - -RedBoot> load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000 -Raw file loaded 0x00100000-0x00377424 - -Now we must know the size of the unallocated flash: - - fis free - -Result: - -RedBoot> fis free - 0x500E0000 .. 0x503C0000 - -The values above may be different depending on the size of the filesystem and -the type of flash. See their usage below as an example and take care of -substituting yours appropriately. - -We must determine some values: - -size of unallocated flash: 0x503c0000 - 0x500e0000 = 0x2e0000 -size of the filesystem image: 0x00377424 - 0x00100000 = 0x277424 - -We want to fit the filesystem image of course, but we also want to give it all -the remaining flash space as well. To write it: - - fis unlock -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 - fis erase -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 - fis write -b 0x100000 -l 0x277424 -f 0x500E0000 - fis create "JFFS2" -n -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 - -Now the filesystem is associated to a MTD "partition" once Linux has discovered -what they are in the boot process. From Redboot, the 'fis list' command -displays them: - -RedBoot> fis list -Name FLASH addr Mem addr Length Entry point -RedBoot 0x50000000 0x50000000 0x00020000 0x00000000 -RedBoot config 0x503C0000 0x503C0000 0x00020000 0x00000000 -FIS directory 0x503E0000 0x503E0000 0x00020000 0x00000000 -Linux kernel 0x50020000 0x00100000 0x000C0000 0x00000000 -JFFS2 0x500E0000 0x500E0000 0x002E0000 0x00000000 - -However Linux should display something like: - -SA1100 flash: probing 32-bit flash bus -SA1100 flash: Found 2 x16 devices at 0x0 in 32-bit mode -Using RedBoot partition definition -Creating 5 MTD partitions on "SA1100 flash": -0x00000000-0x00020000 : "RedBoot" -0x00020000-0x000e0000 : "Linux kernel" -0x000e0000-0x003c0000 : "JFFS2" -0x003c0000-0x003e0000 : "RedBoot config" -0x003e0000-0x00400000 : "FIS directory" - -What's important here is the position of the partition we are interested in, -which is the third one. Within Linux, this correspond to /dev/mtdblock2. -Therefore to boot Linux with the kernel and its root filesystem in flash, we -need this RedBoot command: - - fis load "Linux kernel" - exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 -c "root=/dev/mtdblock2" - -Of course other filesystems than JFFS might be used, like cramfs for example. -You might want to boot with a root filesystem over NFS, etc. It is also -possible, and sometimes more convenient, to flash a filesystem directly from -within Linux while booted from a ramdisk or NFS. The Linux MTD repository has -many tools to deal with flash memory as well, to erase it for example. JFFS2 -can then be mounted directly on a freshly erased partition and files can be -copied over directly. Etc... - - -RedBoot scripting ------------------ - -All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every -time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automate the boot -process using RedBoot's scripting capability. - -For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk -images retrieved from a TFTP server on the network: - -RedBoot> fconfig -Run script at boot: false true -Boot script: -Enter script, terminate with empty line ->> load zImage -r -b 0x100000 ->> load ramdisk_ks.gz -r -b 0x800000 ->> exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 ->> -Boot script timeout (1000ms resolution): 3 -Use BOOTP for network configuration: true -GDB connection port: 9000 -Network debug at boot time: false -Update RedBoot non-volatile configuration - are you sure (y/n)? y - -Then, rebooting the Assabet is just a matter of waiting for the login prompt. - - - -Nicolas Pitre -nico@fluxnic.net -June 12, 2001 - - -Status of peripherals in -rmk tree (updated 14/10/2001) -------------------------------------------------------- - -Assabet: - Serial ports: - Radio: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI - PM: Not tested. - COM: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR, PM - PM: Not tested. - I2C: Implemented, not fully tested. - L3: Fully tested, pass. - PM: Not tested. - - Video: - LCD: Fully tested. PM - (LCD doesn't like being blanked with - neponset connected) - Video out: Not fully - - Audio: - UDA1341: - Playback: Fully tested, pass. - Record: Implemented, not tested. - PM: Not tested. - - UCB1200: - Audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested. - Audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested. - Telco audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested. - Telco audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested. - POTS control: No - Touchscreen: Yes - PM: Not tested. - - Other: - PCMCIA: - LPE: Fully tested, pass. - USB: No - IRDA: - SIR: Fully tested, pass. - FIR: Fully tested, pass. - PM: Not tested. - -Neponset: - Serial ports: - COM1,2: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR - PM: Not tested. - USB: Implemented, not heavily tested. - PCMCIA: Implemented, not heavily tested. - PM: Not tested. - CF: Implemented, not heavily tested. - PM: Not tested. - -More stuff can be found in the -np (Nicolas Pitre's) tree. - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus deleted file mode 100644 index 6a3aa95e9bfd..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Brutus +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -Brutus is an evaluation platform for the SA1100 manufactured by Intel. -For more details, see: - -http://developer.intel.com - -To compile for Brutus, you must issue the following commands: - - make brutus_config - make config - [accept all the defaults] - make zImage - -The resulting kernel will end up in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. This file -must be loaded at 0xc0008000 in Brutus's memory and execution started at -0xc0008000 as well with the value of registers r0 = 0 and r1 = 16 upon -entry. - -But prior to execute the kernel, a ramdisk image must also be loaded in -memory. Use memory address 0xd8000000 for this. Note that the file -containing the (compressed) ramdisk image must not exceed 4 MB. - -Typically, you'll need angelboot to load the kernel. -The following angelboot.opt file should be used: - ------ begin angelboot.opt ----- -base 0xc0008000 -entry 0xc0008000 -r0 0x00000000 -r1 0x00000010 -device /dev/ttyS0 -options "9600 8N1" -baud 115200 -otherfile ramdisk_img.gz -otherbase 0xd8000000 ------ end angelboot.opt ----- - -Then load the kernel and ramdisk with: - - angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage - -The first Brutus serial port (assumed to be linked to /dev/ttyS0 on your -host PC) is used by angel to load the kernel and ramdisk image. The serial -console is provided through the second Brutus serial port. To access it, -you may use minicom configured with /dev/ttyS1, 9600 baud, 8N1, no flow -control. - -Currently supported: - - RS232 serial ports - - audio output - - LCD screen - - keyboard - -The actual Brutus support may not be complete without extra patches. -If such patches exist, they should be found from -ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico. - -A full PCMCIA support is still missing, although it's possible to hack -some drivers in order to drive already inserted cards at boot time with -little modifications. - -Any contribution is welcome. - -Please send patches to nico@fluxnic.net - -Have Fun ! - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/CERF b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/CERF deleted file mode 100644 index b3d845301ef1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/CERF +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -*** The StrongARM version of the CerfBoard/Cube has been discontinued *** - -The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is a StrongARM 1110-based computer on a board -that measures approximately 2" square. It includes an Ethernet -controller, an RS232-compatible serial port, a USB function port, and -one CompactFlash+ slot on the back. Pictures can be found at the -Intrinsyc website, http://www.intrinsyc.com. - -This document describes the support in the Linux kernel for the -Intrinsyc CerfBoard. - -Supported in this version: - - CompactFlash+ slot (select PCMCIA in General Setup and any options - that may be required) - - Onboard Crystal CS8900 Ethernet controller (Cerf CS8900A support in - Network Devices) - - Serial ports with a serial console (hardcoded to 38400 8N1) - -In order to get this kernel onto your Cerf, you need a server that runs -both BOOTP and TFTP. Detailed instructions should have come with your -evaluation kit on how to use the bootloader. This series of commands -will suffice: - - make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- cerfcube_defconfig - make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- zImage - make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- modules - cp arch/arm/boot/zImage - -support@intrinsyc.com diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird deleted file mode 100644 index ab9193663b2b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/FreeBird +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legend(C), Inc. -http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn -and software/linux maintained by Coventive(C), Inc. -(http://www.coventive.com) - -Based on the Nicolas's strongarm kernel tree. - -=============================================================== -Maintainer: - -Chester Kuo - - -Author : -Tim wu -CIH -Eric Peng -Jeff Lee -Allen Cheng -Tony Liu - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient deleted file mode 100644 index 867bb35943af..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsClient +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -ADS GraphicsClient Plus Single Board Computer - -For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see -http://www.applieddata.net/products.html - -The original Linux support for this product has been provided by -Nicolas Pitre . Continued development work by -Woojung Huh - -It's currently possible to mount a root filesystem via NFS providing a -complete Linux environment. Otherwise a ramdisk image may be used. The -board supports MTD/JFFS, so you could also mount something on there. - -Use 'make graphicsclient_config' before any 'make config'. This will set up -defaults for GraphicsClient Plus support. - -The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0200000. -Also the following registers should have the specified values upon entry: - - r0 = 0 - r1 = 29 (this is the GraphicsClient architecture number) - -Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the -newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. -Angel is not available for the GraphicsClient Plus AFAIK. - -There is a board known as just the GraphicsClient that ADS used to -produce but has end of lifed. This code will not work on the older -board with the ADS bootloader, but should still work with Angel, -as outlined below. In any case, if you're planning on deploying -something en masse, you should probably get the newer board. - -If using Angel on the older boards, here is a typical angel.opt option file -if the kernel is loaded through the Angel Debug Monitor: - ------ begin angelboot.opt ----- -base 0xc0200000 -entry 0xc0200000 -r0 0x00000000 -r1 0x0000001d -device /dev/ttyS1 -options "38400 8N1" -baud 115200 -#otherfile ramdisk.gz -#otherbase 0xc0800000 -exec minicom ------ end angelboot.opt ----- - -Then the kernel (and ramdisk if otherfile/otherbase lines above are -uncommented) would be loaded with: - - angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage - -Here it is assumed that the board is connected to ttyS1 on your PC -and that minicom is preconfigured with /dev/ttyS1, 38400 baud, 8N1, no flow -control by default. - -If any other bootloader is used, ensure it accomplish the same, especially -for r0/r1 register values before jumping into the kernel. - - -Supported peripherals: -- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) -- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC -- SA1100 serial port -- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS) -- pcmcia -- touchscreen(ucb1200) -- ps/2 keyboard -- console on LCD screen -- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) - - ttyS0 is default for serial console -- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc) - See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation - and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver - -To do: -- UCB1200 audio with new ucb_generic layer -- everything else! :-) - -Notes: - -- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where - the ADS boot ROM and zImage is stored. It's been marked as - read-only to keep you from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is - for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be - utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2 - on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're - welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also. - -- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. - Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, - if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp - mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be - fixed soon. - -Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster deleted file mode 100644 index 9145088a0ba2..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/GraphicsMaster +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -ADS GraphicsMaster Single Board Computer - -For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see -http://www.applieddata.net/products.html - -The original Linux support for this product has been provided by -Nicolas Pitre . Continued development work by -Woojung Huh - -Use 'make graphicsmaster_config' before any 'make config'. -This will set up defaults for GraphicsMaster support. - -The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000. - -Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the -newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. - -Supported peripherals: -- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) -- SA1111 USB Master -- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC -- SA1100 serial port -- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS) -- pcmcia, compact flash -- touchscreen(ucb1200) -- ps/2 keyboard -- console on LCD screen -- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) - - ttyS0 is default for serial console -- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc) - See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation - and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver - -To do: -- everything else! :-) - -Notes: - -- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where - the zImage is stored. It's been marked as read-only to keep you - from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is - for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be - utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2 - on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're - welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also. - -- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. - Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, - if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp - mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be - fixed soon. - -Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL deleted file mode 100644 index fd56b48d4833..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/HUW_WEBPANEL +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -The HUW_WEBPANEL is a product of the german company Hoeft & Wessel AG - -If you want more information, please visit -http://www.hoeft-wessel.de - -To build the kernel: - make huw_webpanel_config - make oldconfig - [accept all defaults] - make zImage - -Mostly of the work is done by: -Roman Jordan jor@hoeft-wessel.de -Christoph Schulz schu@hoeft-wessel.de - -2000/12/18/ - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy deleted file mode 100644 index 44b94997fa0d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Itsy +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -Itsy is a research project done by the Western Research Lab, and Systems -Research Center in Palo Alto, CA. The Itsy project is one of several -research projects at Compaq that are related to pocket computing. - -For more information, see: - - http://www.hpl.hp.com/downloads/crl/itsy/ - -Notes on initial 2.4 Itsy support (8/27/2000) : -The port was done on an Itsy version 1.5 machine with a daughtercard with -64 Meg of DRAM and 32 Meg of Flash. The initial work includes support for -serial console (to see what you're doing). No other devices have been -enabled. - -To build, do a "make menuconfig" (or xmenuconfig) and select Itsy support. -Disable Flash and LCD support. and then do a make zImage. -Finally, you will need to cd to arch/arm/boot/tools and execute a make there -to build the params-itsy program used to boot the kernel. - -In order to install the port of 2.4 to the itsy, You will need to set the -configuration parameters in the monitor as follows: -Arg 1:0x08340000, Arg2: 0xC0000000, Arg3:18 (0x12), Arg4:0 -Make sure the start-routine address is set to 0x00060000. - -Next, flash the params-itsy program to 0x00060000 ("p 1 0x00060000" in the -flash menu) Flash the kernel in arch/arm/boot/zImage into 0x08340000 -("p 1 0x00340000"). Finally flash an initial ramdisk into 0xC8000000 -("p 2 0x0") We used ramdisk-2-30.gz from the 0.11 version directory on -handhelds.org. - -The serial connection we established was at: - 8-bit data, no parity, 1 stop bit(s), 115200.00 b/s. in the monitor, in the -params-itsy program, and in the kernel itself. This can be changed, but -not easily. The monitor parameters are easily changed, the params program -setup is assembly outl's, and the kernel is a configuration item specific to -the itsy. (i.e. grep for CONFIG_SA1100_ITSY and you'll find where it is.) - - -This should get you a properly booting 2.4 kernel on the itsy. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/LART b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/LART deleted file mode 100644 index 6d412b685598..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/LART +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -Linux Advanced Radio Terminal (LART) ------------------------------------- - -The LART is a small (7.5 x 10cm) SA-1100 board, designed for embedded -applications. It has 32 MB DRAM, 4MB Flash ROM, double RS232 and all -other StrongARM-gadgets. Almost all SA signals are directly accessible -through a number of connectors. The powersupply accepts voltages -between 3.5V and 16V and is overdimensioned to support a range of -daughterboards. A quad Ethernet / IDE / PS2 / sound daughterboard -is under development, with plenty of others in different stages of -planning. - -The hardware designs for this board have been released under an open license; -see the LART page at http://www.lartmaker.nl/ for more information. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB deleted file mode 100644 index b9c8a631a351..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/PLEB +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -The PLEB project was started as a student initiative at the School of -Computer Science and Engineering, University of New South Wales to make a -pocket computer capable of running the Linux Kernel. - -PLEB support has yet to be fully integrated. - -For more information, see: - - http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au - - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Pangolin b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Pangolin deleted file mode 100644 index 077a6120e129..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Pangolin +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -Pangolin is a StrongARM 1110-based evaluation platform produced -by Dialogue Technology (http://www.dialogue.com.tw/). -It has EISA slots for ease of configuration with SDRAM/Flash -memory card, USB/Serial/Audio card, Compact Flash card, -PCMCIA/IDE card and TFT-LCD card. - -To compile for Pangolin, you must issue the following commands: - - make pangolin_config - make oldconfig - make zImage - -Supported peripherals: -- SA1110 serial port (UART1/UART2/UART3) -- flash memory access -- compact flash driver -- UDA1341 sound driver -- SA1100 LCD controller for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD -- MQ-200 driver for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD -- Penmount(touch panel) driver -- PCMCIA driver -- SMC91C94 LAN driver -- IDE driver (experimental) diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Tifon b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Tifon deleted file mode 100644 index dd1934d9c851..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Tifon +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -Tifon ------ - -More info has to come... - -Contact: Peter Danielsson - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Yopy b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Yopy deleted file mode 100644 index e14f16d836ac..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/Yopy +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -See http://www.yopydeveloper.org for more. - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg deleted file mode 100644 index 4ece4849a42c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/empeg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -See ../empeg/README - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine deleted file mode 100644 index 48a7934f95f6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/nanoEngine +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -nanoEngine ----------- - -"nanoEngine" is a SA1110 based single board computer from -Bright Star Engineering Inc. See www.brightstareng.com/arm -for more info. -(Ref: Stuart Adams ) - -Also visit Larry Doolittle's "Linux for the nanoEngine" site: -http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART deleted file mode 100644 index a63966f1d083..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned: - -> Date: Sun, 24 Sep 2000 21:40:27 -0700 -> From: H. Peter Anvin -> To: Nicolas Pitre -> Cc: Device List Maintainer -> Subject: Re: device -> -> Okay. Note that device numbers 204 and 205 are used for "low density -> serial devices", so you will have a range of minors on those majors (the -> tty device layer handles this just fine, so you don't have to worry about -> doing anything special.) -> -> So your assignments are: -> -> 204 char Low-density serial ports -> 5 = /dev/ttySA0 SA1100 builtin serial port 0 -> 6 = /dev/ttySA1 SA1100 builtin serial port 1 -> 7 = /dev/ttySA2 SA1100 builtin serial port 2 -> -> 205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device) -> 5 = /dev/cusa0 Callout device for ttySA0 -> 6 = /dev/cusa1 Callout device for ttySA1 -> 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2 -> - -You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used -by your SA1100-based device: - - mknod ttySA0 c 204 5 - mknod ttySA1 c 204 6 - mknod ttySA2 c 204 7 - mknod cusa0 c 205 5 - mknod cusa1 c 205 6 - mknod cusa2 c 205 7 - -In addition to the creation of the appropriate device nodes above, you -must ensure your user space applications make use of the correct device -name. The classic example is the content of the /etc/inittab file where -you might have a getty process started on ttyS0. In this case: - -- replace occurrences of ttyS0 with ttySA0, ttyS1 with ttySA1, etc. - -- don't forget to add 'ttySA0', 'console', or the appropriate tty name - in /etc/securetty for root to be allowed to login as well. - - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/.gitignore b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index c928dbf3cc88..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -vrl4 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1b049be6c84f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ - SPEAr ARM Linux Overview - ========================== - -Introduction ------------- - - SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture). - weblink : http://www.st.com/spear - - The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are - supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310, - SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported. - - Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows: - - SPEAr (Platform) - - SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9) - - SPEAr300 (SOC) - - SPEAr300 Evaluation Board - - SPEAr310 (SOC) - - SPEAr310 Evaluation Board - - SPEAr320 (SOC) - - SPEAr320 Evaluation Board - - SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9) - - SPEAr600 (SOC) - - SPEAr600 Evaluation Board - - SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9) - - SPEAr1310 (SOC) - - SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board - - SPEAr1340 (SOC) - - SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board - - Configuration - ------------- - - A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the - default by - make spear13xx_defconfig - make spear3xx_defconfig - make spear6xx_defconfig - - Layout - ------ - - The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and - SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear - with headers in plat/. - - Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by - series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx. - - Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for - spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is - mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific - files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and - spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully - support Flattened Device Tree. - - - Document Author - --------------- - - Viresh Kumar , (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fa968aa99d67..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ - S3C24XX CPUfreq support - ======================= - -Introduction ------------- - - The S3C24XX series support a number of power saving systems, such as - the ability to change the core, memory and peripheral operating - frequencies. The core control is exported via the CPUFreq driver - which has a number of different manual or automatic controls over the - rate the core is running at. - - There are two forms of the driver depending on the specific CPU and - how the clocks are arranged. The first implementation used as single - PLL to feed the ARM, memory and peripherals via a series of dividers - and muxes and this is the implementation that is documented here. A - newer version where there is a separate PLL and clock divider for the - ARM core is available as a separate driver. - - -Layout ------- - - The code core manages the CPU specific drivers, any data that they - need to register and the interface to the generic drivers/cpufreq - system. Each CPU registers a driver to control the PLL, clock dividers - and anything else associated with it. Any board that wants to use this - framework needs to supply at least basic details of what is required. - - The core registers with drivers/cpufreq at init time if all the data - necessary has been supplied. - - -CPU support ------------ - - The support for each CPU depends on the facilities provided by the - SoC and the driver as each device has different PLL and clock chains - associated with it. - - -Slow Mode ---------- - - The SLOW mode where the PLL is turned off altogether and the - system is fed by the external crystal input is currently not - supported. - - -sysfs ------ - - The core code exports extra information via sysfs in the directory - devices/system/cpu/cpu0/arch-freq. - - -Board Support -------------- - - Each board that wants to use the cpufreq code must register some basic - information with the core driver to provide information about what the - board requires and any restrictions being placed on it. - - The board needs to supply information about whether it needs the IO bank - timings changing, any maximum frequency limits and information about the - SDRAM refresh rate. - - - - -Document Author ---------------- - -Ben Dooks, Copyright 2009 Simtec Electronics -Licensed under GPLv2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b87292e05f2f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ - Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST) - =================================== - - http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/ - -Introduction ------------- - - The EB2410ITX is a S3C2410 based development board with a variety of - peripherals and expansion connectors. This board is also known by - the shortened name of Bast. - - -Configuration -------------- - - To set the default configuration, use `make bast_defconfig` which - supports the commonly used features of this board. - - -Support -------- - - Official support information can be found on the Simtec Electronics - website, at the product page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/ - - Useful links: - - - Resources Page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/resources.html - - - Board FAQ at http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/faq.html - - - Bootloader info http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/resources.html - and FAQ http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/faq.html - - -MTD ---- - - The NAND and NOR support has been merged from the linux-mtd project. - Any problems, see http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ for more - information or up-to-date versions of linux-mtd. - - -IDE ---- - - Both onboard IDE ports are supported, however there is no support for - changing speed of devices, PIO Mode 4 capable drives should be used. - - -Maintainers ------------ - - This board is maintained by Simtec Electronics. - - -Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e8f918b96123..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ - S3C24XX GPIO Control - ==================== - -Introduction ------------- - - The s3c2410 kernel provides an interface to configure and - manipulate the state of the GPIO pins, and find out other - information about them. - - There are a number of conditions attached to the configuration - of the s3c2410 GPIO system, please read the Samsung provided - data-sheet/users manual to find out the complete list. - - See Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt for the core implementation. - - -GPIOLIB -------- - - With the event of the GPIOLIB in drivers/gpio, support for some - of the GPIO functions such as reading and writing a pin will - be removed in favour of this common access method. - - Once all the extant drivers have been converted, the functions - listed below will be removed (they may be marked as __deprecated - in the near future). - - The following functions now either have a s3c_ specific variant - or are merged into gpiolib. See the definitions in - arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h: - - s3c2410_gpio_setpin() gpio_set_value() or gpio_direction_output() - s3c2410_gpio_getpin() gpio_get_value() or gpio_direction_input() - s3c2410_gpio_getirq() gpio_to_irq() - s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() s3c_gpio_cfgpin() - s3c2410_gpio_getcfg() s3c_gpio_getcfg() - s3c2410_gpio_pullup() s3c_gpio_setpull() - - -GPIOLIB conversion ------------------- - -If you need to convert your board or driver to use gpiolib from the phased -out s3c2410 API, then here are some notes on the process. - -1) If your board is exclusively using an GPIO, say to control peripheral - power, then it will require to claim the gpio with gpio_request() before - it can use it. - - It is recommended to check the return value, with at least WARN_ON() - during initialisation. - -2) The s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() can be directly replaced with s3c_gpio_cfgpin() - as they have the same arguments, and can either take the pin specific - values, or the more generic special-function-number arguments. - -3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changes have the problem that while the - s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 1) can be easily translated to the - s3c_gpio_setpull(x, S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE), the s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0) - are not so easy. - - The s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0) case enables the pull-up (or in the case - of some of the devices, a pull-down) and as such the new API distinguishes - between the UP and DOWN case. There is currently no 'just turn on' setting - which may be required if this becomes a problem. - -4) s3c2410_gpio_setpin() can be replaced by gpio_set_value(), the old call - does not implicitly configure the relevant gpio to output. The gpio - direction should be changed before using gpio_set_value(). - -5) s3c2410_gpio_getpin() is replaceable by gpio_get_value() if the pin - has been set to input. It is currently unknown what the behaviour is - when using gpio_get_value() on an output pin (s3c2410_gpio_getpin - would return the value the pin is supposed to be outputting). - -6) s3c2410_gpio_getirq() should be directly replaceable with the - gpio_to_irq() call. - -The s3c2410_gpio and gpio_ calls have always operated on the same gpio -numberspace, so there is no problem with converting the gpio numbering -between the calls. - - -Headers -------- - - See arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/include/mach/regs-gpio.h for the list - of GPIO pins, and the configuration values for them. This - is included by using #include - - -PIN Numbers ------------ - - Each pin has an unique number associated with it in regs-gpio.h, - e.g. S3C2410_GPA(0) or S3C2410_GPF(1). These defines are used to tell - the GPIO functions which pin is to be used. - - With the conversion to gpiolib, there is no longer a direct conversion - from gpio pin number to register base address as in earlier kernels. This - is due to the number space required for newer SoCs where the later - GPIOs are not contiguous. - - -Configuring a pin ------------------ - - The following function allows the configuration of a given pin to - be changed. - - void s3c_gpio_cfgpin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function); - - e.g.: - - s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPA(0), S3C_GPIO_SFN(1)); - s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPE(8), S3C_GPIO_SFN(2)); - - which would turn GPA(0) into the lowest Address line A0, and set - GPE(8) to be connected to the SDIO/MMC controller's SDDAT1 line. - - -Reading the current configuration ---------------------------------- - - The current configuration of a pin can be read by using standard - gpiolib function: - - s3c_gpio_getcfg(unsigned int pin); - - The return value will be from the same set of values which can be - passed to s3c_gpio_cfgpin(). - - -Configuring a pull-up resistor ------------------------------- - - A large proportion of the GPIO pins on the S3C2410 can have weak - pull-up resistors enabled. This can be configured by the following - function: - - void s3c_gpio_setpull(unsigned int pin, unsigned int to); - - Where the to value is S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE to set the pull-up off, - and S3C_GPIO_PULL_UP to enable the specified pull-up. Any other - values are currently undefined. - - -Getting and setting the state of a PIN --------------------------------------- - - These calls are now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert - your board or driver to use gpiolib. - - -Getting the IRQ number associated with a PIN --------------------------------------------- - - A standard gpiolib function can map the given pin number to an IRQ - number to pass to the IRQ system. - - int gpio_to_irq(unsigned int pin); - - Note, not all pins have an IRQ. - - -Author -------- - -Ben Dooks, 03 October 2004 -Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b738859b1fc0..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/H1940.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ - HP IPAQ H1940 - ============= - -http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html - -Introduction ------------- - - The HP H1940 is a S3C2410 based handheld device, with - bluetooth connectivity. - - -Support -------- - - A variety of information is available - - handhelds.org project page: - - http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html - - handhelds.org wiki page: - - http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/HpIpaqH1940 - - Herbert Pötzl pages: - - http://vserver.13thfloor.at/H1940/ - - -Maintainers ------------ - - This project is being maintained and developed by a variety - of people, including Ben Dooks, Arnaud Patard, and Herbert Pötzl. - - Thanks to the many others who have also provided support. - - -(c) 2005 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bc478a3409b8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - S3C24XX NAND Support - ==================== - -Introduction ------------- - -Small Page NAND ---------------- - -The driver uses a 512 byte (1 page) ECC code for this setup. The -ECC code is not directly compatible with the default kernel ECC -code, so the driver enforces its own OOB layout and ECC parameters - -Large Page NAND ---------------- - -The driver is capable of handling NAND flash with a 2KiB page -size, with support for hardware ECC generation and correction. - -Unlike the 512byte page mode, the driver generates ECC data for -each 256 byte block in an 2KiB page. This means that more than -one error in a page can be rectified. It also means that the -OOB layout remains the default kernel layout for these flashes. - - -Document Author ---------------- - -Ben Dooks, Copyright 2007 Simtec Electronics - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 00d3c3141e21..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,318 +0,0 @@ - S3C24XX ARM Linux Overview - ========================== - - - -Introduction ------------- - - The Samsung S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs are supported - by the 's3c2410' architecture of ARM Linux. Currently the S3C2410, - S3C2412, S3C2413, S3C2416, S3C2440, S3C2442, S3C2443 and S3C2450 devices - are supported. - - Support for the S3C2400 and S3C24A0 series was never completed and the - corresponding code has been removed after a while. If someone wishes to - revive this effort, partial support can be retrieved from earlier Linux - versions. - - The S3C2416 and S3C2450 devices are very similar and S3C2450 support is - included under the arch/arm/mach-s3c2416 directory. Note, while core - support for these SoCs is in, work on some of the extra peripherals - and extra interrupts is still ongoing. - - -Configuration -------------- - - A generic S3C2410 configuration is provided, and can be used as the - default by `make s3c2410_defconfig`. This configuration has support - for all the machines, and the commonly used features on them. - - Certain machines may have their own default configurations as well, - please check the machine specific documentation. - - -Layout ------- - - The core support files are located in the platform code contained in - arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx with headers in include/asm-arm/plat-s3c24xx. - This directory should be kept to items shared between the platform - code (arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx) and the arch/arm/mach-s3c24* code. - - Each cpu has a directory with the support files for it, and the - machines that carry the device. For example S3C2410 is contained - in arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 and S3C2440 in arch/arm/mach-s3c2440 - - Register, kernel and platform data definitions are held in the - arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 directory./include/mach - -arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx: - - Files in here are either common to all the s3c24xx family, - or are common to only some of them with names to indicate this - status. The files that are not common to all are generally named - with the initial cpu they support in the series to ensure a short - name without any possibility of confusion with newer devices. - - As an example, initially s3c244x would cover s3c2440 and s3c2442, but - with the s3c2443 which does not share many of the same drivers in - this directory, the name becomes invalid. We stick to s3c2440- - to indicate a driver that is s3c2440 and s3c2442 compatible. - - This does mean that to find the status of any given SoC, a number - of directories may need to be searched. - - -Machines --------- - - The currently supported machines are as follows: - - Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST) - - A general purpose development board, see EB2410ITX.txt for further - details - - Simtec Electronics IM2440D20 (Osiris) - - CPU Module from Simtec Electronics, with a S3C2440A CPU, nand flash - and a PCMCIA controller. - - Samsung SMDK2410 - - Samsung's own development board, geared for PDA work. - - Samsung/Aiji SMDK2412 - - The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440. - - Samsung/Aiji SMDK2413 - - The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440. - - Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440 - - The S3C2440 compatible version of the SMDK2440, which has the - option of an S3C2440 or S3C2442 CPU module. - - Thorcom VR1000 - - Custom embedded board - - HP IPAQ 1940 - - Handheld (IPAQ), available in several varieties - - HP iPAQ rx3715 - - S3C2440 based IPAQ, with a number of variations depending on - features shipped. - - Acer N30 - - A S3C2410 based PDA from Acer. There is a Wiki page at - http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/AcerN30Documentation . - - AML M5900 - - American Microsystems' M5900 - - Nex Vision Nexcoder - Nex Vision Otom - - Two machines by Nex Vision - - -Adding New Machines -------------------- - - The architecture has been designed to support as many machines as can - be configured for it in one kernel build, and any future additions - should keep this in mind before altering items outside of their own - machine files. - - Machine definitions should be kept in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410, - and there are a number of examples that can be looked at. - - Read the kernel patch submission policies as well as the - Documentation/arm directory before submitting patches. The - ARM kernel series is managed by Russell King, and has a patch system - located at http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/ - as well as mailing lists that can be found from the same site. - - As a courtesy, please notify of any new - machines or other modifications. - - Any large scale modifications, or new drivers should be discussed - on the ARM kernel mailing list (linux-arm-kernel) before being - attempted. See http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/mailinglists/ for the - mailing list information. - - -I2C ---- - - The hardware I2C core in the CPU is supported in single master - mode, and can be configured via platform data. - - -RTC ---- - - Support for the onboard RTC unit, including alarm function. - - This has recently been upgraded to use the new RTC core, - and the module has been renamed to rtc-s3c to fit in with - the new rtc naming scheme. - - -Watchdog --------- - - The onchip watchdog is available via the standard watchdog - interface. - - -NAND ----- - - The current kernels now have support for the s3c2410 NAND - controller. If there are any problems the latest linux-mtd - code can be found from http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ - - For more information see Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/NAND.txt - - -SD/MMC ------- - - The SD/MMC hardware pre S3C2443 is supported in the current - kernel, the driver is drivers/mmc/host/s3cmci.c and supports - 1 and 4 bit SD or MMC cards. - - The SDIO behaviour of this driver has not been fully tested. There is no - current support for hardware SDIO interrupts. - - -Serial ------- - - The s3c2410 serial driver provides support for the internal - serial ports. These devices appear as /dev/ttySAC0 through 3. - - To create device nodes for these, use the following commands - - mknod ttySAC0 c 204 64 - mknod ttySAC1 c 204 65 - mknod ttySAC2 c 204 66 - - -GPIO ----- - - The core contains support for manipulating the GPIO, see the - documentation in GPIO.txt in the same directory as this file. - - Newer kernels carry GPIOLIB, and support is being moved towards - this with some of the older support in line to be removed. - - As of v2.6.34, the move towards using gpiolib support is almost - complete, and very little of the old calls are left. - - See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt for the S3C24XX specific - support and Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt for the core Samsung - implementation. - - -Clock Management ----------------- - - The core provides the interface defined in the header file - include/asm-arm/hardware/clock.h, to allow control over the - various clock units - - -Suspend to RAM --------------- - - For boards that provide support for suspend to RAM, the - system can be placed into low power suspend. - - See Suspend.txt for more information. - - -SPI ---- - - SPI drivers are available for both the in-built hardware - (although there is no DMA support yet) and a generic - GPIO based solution. - - -LEDs ----- - - There is support for GPIO based LEDs via a platform driver - in the LED subsystem. - - -Platform Data -------------- - - Whenever a device has platform specific data that is specified - on a per-machine basis, care should be taken to ensure the - following: - - 1) that default data is not left in the device to confuse the - driver if a machine does not set it at startup - - 2) the data should (if possible) be marked as __initdata, - to ensure that the data is thrown away if the machine is - not the one currently in use. - - The best way of doing this is to make a function that - kmalloc()s an area of memory, and copies the __initdata - and then sets the relevant device's platform data. Making - the function `__init` takes care of ensuring it is discarded - with the rest of the initialisation code - - static __init void s3c24xx_xxx_set_platdata(struct xxx_data *pd) - { - struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info *npd; - - npd = kmalloc(sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info), GFP_KERNEL); - if (npd) { - memcpy(npd, pd, sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info)); - s3c_device_xxx.dev.platform_data = npd; - } else { - printk(KERN_ERR "no memory for xxx platform data\n"); - } - } - - Note, since the code is marked as __init, it should not be - exported outside arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/, or exported to - modules via EXPORT_SYMBOL() and related functions. - - -Port Contributors ------------------ - - Ben Dooks (BJD) - Vincent Sanders - Herbert Potzl - Arnaud Patard (RTP) - Roc Wu - Klaus Fetscher - Dimitry Andric - Shannon Holland - Guillaume Gourat (NexVision) - Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30) - Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port) - - -Document Author ---------------- - -Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004-2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dc1fd362d3c1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ - S3C2412 ARM Linux Overview - ========================== - -Introduction ------------- - - The S3C2412 is part of the S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs - from Samsung. This part has an ARM926-EJS core, capable of running up - to 266MHz (see data-sheet for more information) - - -Clock ------ - - The core clock code provides a set of clocks to the drivers, and allows - for source selection and a number of other features. - - -Power ------ - - No support for suspend/resume to RAM in the current system. - - -DMA ---- - - No current support for DMA. - - -GPIO ----- - - There is support for setting the GPIO to input/output/special function - and reading or writing to them. - - -UART ----- - - The UART hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the - s3c2410 driver in the drivers/serial directory. - - -NAND ----- - - The NAND hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the - s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand/raw directory. - - -USB Host --------- - - The USB hardware is similar to the S3C2410, with extended clock source - control. The OHCI portion is supported by the ohci-s3c2410 driver, and - the clock control selection is supported by the core clock code. - - -USB Device ----------- - - No current support in the kernel - - -IRQs ----- - - All the standard, and external interrupt sources are supported. The - extra sub-sources are not yet supported. - - -RTC ---- - - The RTC hardware is similar to the S3C2410, and is supported by the - s3c2410-rtc driver. - - -Watchdog --------- - - The watchdog hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by - the s3c2410_wdt driver. - - -MMC/SD/SDIO ------------ - - No current support for the MMC/SD/SDIO block. - -IIC ---- - - The IIC hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by the - i2c-s3c24xx driver. - - -IIS ---- - - No current support for the IIS interface. - - -SPI ---- - - No current support for the SPI interfaces. - - -ATA ---- - - No current support for the on-board ATA block. - - -Document Author ---------------- - -Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 909bdc7dd7b5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2413.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ - S3C2413 ARM Linux Overview - ========================== - -Introduction ------------- - - The S3C2413 is an extended version of the S3C2412, with an camera - interface and mobile DDR memory support. See the S3C2412 support - documentation for more information. - - -Camera Interface ---------------- - - This block is currently not supported. - - -Document Author ---------------- - -Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 429390bd4684..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/SMDK2440.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ - Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440 - ========================= - -Introduction ------------- - - The SMDK2440 is a two part evaluation board for the Samsung S3C2440 - processor. It includes support for LCD, SmartMedia, Audio, SD and - 10MBit Ethernet, and expansion headers for various signals, including - the camera and unused GPIO. - - -Configuration -------------- - - To set the default configuration, use `make smdk2440_defconfig` which - will configure the common features of this board, or use - `make s3c2410_config` to include support for all s3c2410/s3c2440 machines - - -Support -------- - - Ben Dooks' SMDK2440 site at http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/ which - includes linux based USB download tools. - - Some of the h1940 patches that can be found from the H1940 project - site at http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html can also be - applied to this board. - - -Peripherals ------------ - - There is no current support for any of the extra peripherals on the - base-board itself. - - -MTD ---- - - The NAND flash should be supported by the in kernel MTD NAND support, - NOR flash will be added later. - - -Maintainers ------------ - - This board is being maintained by Ben Dooks, for more info, see - http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/ - - Many thanks to Dimitry Andric of TomTom for the loan of the SMDK2440, - and to Simtec Electronics for allowing me time to work on this. - - -(c) 2004 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cb4f0c0cdf9d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ - S3C24XX Suspend Support - ======================= - - -Introduction ------------- - - The S3C24XX supports a low-power suspend mode, where the SDRAM is kept - in Self-Refresh mode, and all but the essential peripheral blocks are - powered down. For more information on how this works, please look - at the relevant CPU datasheet from Samsung. - - -Requirements ------------- - - 1) A bootloader that can support the necessary resume operation - - 2) Support for at least 1 source for resume - - 3) CONFIG_PM enabled in the kernel - - 4) Any peripherals that are going to be powered down at the same - time require suspend/resume support. - - -Resuming --------- - - The S3C2410 user manual defines the process of sending the CPU to - sleep and how it resumes. The default behaviour of the Linux code - is to set the GSTATUS3 register to the physical address of the - code to resume Linux operation. - - GSTATUS4 is currently left alone by the sleep code, and is free to - use for any other purposes (for example, the EB2410ITX uses this to - save memory configuration in). - - -Machine Support ---------------- - - The machine specific functions must call the s3c_pm_init() function - to say that its bootloader is capable of resuming. This can be as - simple as adding the following to the machine's definition: - - INITMACHINE(s3c_pm_init) - - A board can do its own setup before calling s3c_pm_init, if it - needs to setup anything else for power management support. - - There is currently no support for over-riding the default method of - saving the resume address, if your board requires it, then contact - the maintainer and discuss what is required. - - Note, the original method of adding an late_initcall() is wrong, - and will end up initialising all compiled machines' pm init! - - The following is an example of code used for testing wakeup from - an falling edge on IRQ_EINT0: - - -static irqreturn_t button_irq(int irq, void *pw) -{ - return IRQ_HANDLED; -} - -statuc void __init machine_init(void) -{ - ... - - request_irq(IRQ_EINT0, button_irq, IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING, - "button-irq-eint0", NULL); - - enable_irq_wake(IRQ_EINT0); - - s3c_pm_init(); -} - - -Debugging ---------- - - There are several important things to remember when using PM suspend: - - 1) The uart drivers will disable the clocks to the UART blocks when - suspending, which means that use of printascii() or similar direct - access to the UARTs will cause the debug to stop. - - 2) While the pm code itself will attempt to re-enable the UART clocks, - care should be taken that any external clock sources that the UARTs - rely on are still enabled at that point. - - 3) If any debugging is placed in the resume path, then it must have the - relevant clocks and peripherals setup before use (ie, bootloader). - - For example, if you transmit a character from the UART, the baud - rate and uart controls must be setup beforehand. - - -Configuration -------------- - - The S3C2410 specific configuration in `System Type` defines various - aspects of how the S3C2410 suspend and resume support is configured - - `S3C2410 PM Suspend debug` - - This option prints messages to the serial console before and after - the actual suspend, giving detailed information on what is - happening - - - `S3C2410 PM Suspend Memory CRC` - - Allows the entire memory to be checksummed before and after the - suspend to see if there has been any corruption of the contents. - - Note, the time to calculate the CRC is dependent on the CPU speed - and the size of memory. For an 64Mbyte RAM area on an 200MHz - S3C2410, this can take approximately 4 seconds to complete. - - This support requires the CRC32 function to be enabled. - - - `S3C2410 PM Suspend CRC Chunksize (KiB)` - - Defines the size of memory each CRC chunk covers. A smaller value - will mean that the CRC data block will take more memory, but will - identify any faults with better precision - - -Document Author ---------------- - -Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004 Simtec Electronics - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f82b1faefad5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/USB-Host.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ - S3C24XX USB Host support - ======================== - - - -Introduction ------------- - - This document details the S3C2410/S3C2440 in-built OHCI USB host support. - -Configuration -------------- - - Enable at least the following kernel options: - - menuconfig: - - Device Drivers ---> - USB support ---> - <*> Support for Host-side USB - <*> OHCI HCD support - - - .config: - CONFIG_USB - CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD - - - Once these options are configured, the standard set of USB device - drivers can be configured and used. - - -Board Support -------------- - - The driver attaches to a platform device, which will need to be - added by the board specific support file in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410, - such as mach-bast.c or mach-smdk2410.c - - The platform device's platform_data field is only needed if the - board implements extra power control or over-current monitoring. - - The OHCI driver does not ensure the state of the S3C2410's MISCCTRL - register, so if both ports are to be used for the host, then it is - the board support file's responsibility to ensure that the second - port is configured to be connected to the OHCI core. - - -Platform Data -------------- - - See arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/include/mach/usb-control.h for the - descriptions of the platform device data. An implementation - can be found in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/usb-simtec.c . - - The `struct s3c2410_hcd_info` contains a pair of functions - that get called to enable over-current detection, and to - control the port power status. - - The ports are numbered 0 and 1. - - power_control: - - Called to enable or disable the power on the port. - - enable_oc: - - Called to enable or disable the over-current monitoring. - This should claim or release the resources being used to - check the power condition on the port, such as an IRQ. - - report_oc: - - The OHCI driver fills this field in for the over-current code - to call when there is a change to the over-current state on - an port. The ports argument is a bitmask of 1 bit per port, - with bit X being 1 for an over-current on port X. - - The function s3c2410_usb_report_oc() has been provided to - ensure this is called correctly. - - port[x]: - - This is struct describes each port, 0 or 1. The platform driver - should set the flags field of each port to S3C_HCDFLG_USED if - the port is enabled. - - - -Document Author ---------------- - -Ben Dooks, Copyright 2005 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d17ed518a7ea..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ - Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards - ========================================================== - -Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski -Date : 6 June 2015 - -The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel -and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition -of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference -for information purpose only. - -In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary -SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before -executing kernel. - - -1. Non-Secure mode - -Address: sysram_ns_base_addr -Offset Value Purpose -============================================================================= -0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns, mcpm_entry_point System suspend -0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend -0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot -0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot -0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR -0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR -0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR -0x28 0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend - - -2. Secure mode - -Address: sysram_base_addr -Offset Value Purpose -============================================================================= -0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot -0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot -4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot -0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR -0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR - -Address: pmu_base_addr -Offset Value Purpose -============================================================================= -0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR, suspend -0x0800 mcpm_entry_point (Exynos542x with MCPM) AFTR, suspend -0x0804 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR -0x0804 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend -0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot -0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR -0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR - - -3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode) - -Address: pmu_base_addr -Offset Value Purpose -============================================================================= -0x0908 Non-zero Secondary CPU boot up indicator - on Exynos3250 and Exynos542x - - -4. Glossary - -AFTR - ARM Off Top Running, a low power mode, Cortex cores and many other -modules are power gated, except the TOP modules -MCPM - Multi-Cluster Power Management diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 795adfd88081..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/GPIO.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ - Samsung GPIO implementation - =========================== - -Introduction ------------- - -This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture -specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core. - - -S3C24XX (Legacy) ----------------- - -See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt for more information -about these devices. Their implementation has been brought into line -with the core samsung implementation described in this document. - - -GPIOLIB integration -------------------- - -The gpio implementation uses gpiolib as much as possible, only providing -specific calls for the items that require Samsung specific handling, such -as pin special-function or pull resistor control. - -GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system. - - -PIN configuration ------------------ - -Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC -registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration -implementation to configure pins as necessary. - -The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() and s3c_gpio_setpull() provide the means for a -driver or machine to change gpio configuration. - -See arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h for more information -on these functions. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8f7309bad460..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ - Samsung ARM Linux Overview - ========================== - -Introduction ------------- - - The Samsung range of ARM SoCs spans many similar devices, from the initial - ARM9 through to the newest ARM cores. This document shows an overview of - the current kernel support, how to use it and where to find the code - that supports this. - - The currently supported SoCs are: - - - S3C24XX: See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt for full list - - S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410 - - S5PC110 / S5PV210 - - -S3C24XX Systems ---------------- - - There is still documentation in Documnetation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/ which - deals with the architecture and drivers specific to these devices. - - See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt for more information - on the implementation details and specific support. - - -Configuration -------------- - - A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of - unifying all the SoCs into one kernel. - - s5pc110_defconfig - S5PC110 specific default configuration - s5pv210_defconfig - S5PV210 specific default configuration - - -Layout ------- - - The directory layout is currently being restructured, and consists of - several platform directories and then the machine specific directories - of the CPUs being built for. - - plat-samsung provides the base for all the implementations, and is the - last in the line of include directories that are processed for the build - specific information. It contains the base clock, GPIO and device definitions - to get the system running. - - plat-s3c24xx is for s3c24xx specific builds, see the S3C24XX docs. - - plat-s5p is for s5p specific builds, and contains common support for the - S5P specific systems. Not all S5Ps use all the features in this directory - due to differences in the hardware. - - -Layout changes --------------- - - The old plat-s3c and plat-s5pc1xx directories have been removed, with - support moved to either plat-samsung or plat-s5p as necessary. These moves - where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having - so many different platform directories. - - -Port Contributors ------------------ - - Ben Dooks (BJD) - Vincent Sanders - Herbert Potzl - Arnaud Patard (RTP) - Roc Wu - Klaus Fetscher - Dimitry Andric - Shannon Holland - Guillaume Gourat (NexVision) - Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30) - Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port) - - -Document Author ---------------- - -Copyright 2009-2010 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk deleted file mode 100755 index 7be1b8aa7cd9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/awk -f -# -# Copyright 2010 Ben Dooks -# -# Released under GPLv2 - -# example usage -# ./clksrc-change-registers.awk arch/arm/plat-s5pc1xx/include/plat/regs-clock.h < src > dst - -function extract_value(s) -{ - eqat = index(s, "=") - comat = index(s, ",") - return substr(s, eqat+2, (comat-eqat)-2) -} - -function remove_brackets(b) -{ - return substr(b, 2, length(b)-2) -} - -function splitdefine(l, p) -{ - r = split(l, tp) - - p[0] = tp[2] - p[1] = remove_brackets(tp[3]) -} - -function find_length(f) -{ - if (0) - printf "find_length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr" - - if (f ~ /0x1/) - return 1 - else if (f ~ /0x3/) - return 2 - else if (f ~ /0x7/) - return 3 - else if (f ~ /0xf/) - return 4 - - printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr" - exit -} - -function find_shift(s) -{ - id = index(s, "<") - if (id <= 0) { - printf "cannot find shift " s "\n" > "/dev/stderr" - exit - } - - return substr(s, id+2) -} - - -BEGIN { - if (ARGC < 2) { - print "too few arguments" > "/dev/stderr" - exit - } - -# read the header file and find the mask values that we will need -# to replace and create an associative array of values - - while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) { - if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ && - !(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) { - splitdefine(line, fields) - name = fields[0] - if (0) - printf "MASK " line "\n" > "/dev/stderr" - dmask[name,0] = find_length(fields[1]) - dmask[name,1] = find_shift(fields[1]) - if (0) - printf "=> '" name "' LENGTH=" dmask[name,0] " SHIFT=" dmask[name,1] "\n" > "/dev/stderr" - } else { - } - } - - delete ARGV[1] -} - -/clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { - shift="" - mask="" - divshift="" - reg_div="" - reg_src="" - indent=1 - - print $0 - - for(; indent >= 1;) { - if ((getline line) <= 0) { - printf "unexpected end of file" > "/dev/stderr" - exit 1; - } - - if (line ~ /\.shift/) { - shift = extract_value(line) - } else if (line ~ /\.mask/) { - mask = extract_value(line) - } else if (line ~ /\.reg_divider/) { - reg_div = extract_value(line) - } else if (line ~ /\.reg_source/) { - reg_src = extract_value(line) - } else if (line ~ /\.divider_shift/) { - divshift = extract_value(line) - } else if (line ~ /{/) { - indent++ - print line - } else if (line ~ /}/) { - indent-- - - if (indent == 0) { - if (0) { - printf "shift '" shift "' ='" dmask[shift,0] "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" - printf "mask '" mask "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" - printf "dshft '" divshift "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" - printf "rdiv '" reg_div "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" - printf "rsrc '" reg_src "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" - } - - generated = mask - sub(reg_src, reg_div, generated) - - if (0) { - printf "/* rsrc " reg_src " */\n" - printf "/* rdiv " reg_div " */\n" - printf "/* shift " shift " */\n" - printf "/* mask " mask " */\n" - printf "/* generated " generated " */\n" - } - - if (reg_div != "") { - printf "\t.reg_div = { " - printf ".reg = " reg_div ", " - printf ".shift = " dmask[generated,1] ", " - printf ".size = " dmask[generated,0] ", " - printf "},\n" - } - - printf "\t.reg_src = { " - printf ".reg = " reg_src ", " - printf ".shift = " dmask[mask,1] ", " - printf ".size = " dmask[mask,0] ", " - - printf "},\n" - - } - - print line - } else { - print line - } - - if (0) - printf indent ":" line "\n" > "/dev/stderr" - } -} - -// && ! /clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { print $0 } diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Setup b/Documentation/arm/Setup deleted file mode 100644 index 0cb1e64bde80..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/Setup +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -Kernel initialisation parameters on ARM Linux ---------------------------------------------- - -The following document describes the kernel initialisation parameter -structure, otherwise known as 'struct param_struct' which is used -for most ARM Linux architectures. - -This structure is used to pass initialisation parameters from the -kernel loader to the Linux kernel proper, and may be short lived -through the kernel initialisation process. As a general rule, it -should not be referenced outside of arch/arm/kernel/setup.c:setup_arch(). - -There are a lot of parameters listed in there, and they are described -below: - - page_size - - This parameter must be set to the page size of the machine, and - will be checked by the kernel. - - nr_pages - - This is the total number of pages of memory in the system. If - the memory is banked, then this should contain the total number - of pages in the system. - - If the system contains separate VRAM, this value should not - include this information. - - ramdisk_size - - This is now obsolete, and should not be used. - - flags - - Various kernel flags, including: - bit 0 - 1 = mount root read only - bit 1 - unused - bit 2 - 0 = load ramdisk - bit 3 - 0 = prompt for ramdisk - - rootdev - - major/minor number pair of device to mount as the root filesystem. - - video_num_cols - video_num_rows - - These two together describe the character size of the dummy console, - or VGA console character size. They should not be used for any other - purpose. - - It's generally a good idea to set these to be either standard VGA, or - the equivalent character size of your fbcon display. This then allows - all the bootup messages to be displayed correctly. - - video_x - video_y - - This describes the character position of cursor on VGA console, and - is otherwise unused. (should not be used for other console types, and - should not be used for other purposes). - - memc_control_reg - - MEMC chip control register for Acorn Archimedes and Acorn A5000 - based machines. May be used differently by different architectures. - - sounddefault - - Default sound setting on Acorn machines. May be used differently by - different architectures. - - adfsdrives - - Number of ADFS/MFM disks. May be used differently by different - architectures. - - bytes_per_char_h - bytes_per_char_v - - These are now obsolete, and should not be used. - - pages_in_bank[4] - - Number of pages in each bank of the systems memory (used for RiscPC). - This is intended to be used on systems where the physical memory - is non-contiguous from the processors point of view. - - pages_in_vram - - Number of pages in VRAM (used on Acorn RiscPC). This value may also - be used by loaders if the size of the video RAM can't be obtained - from the hardware. - - initrd_start - initrd_size - - This describes the kernel virtual start address and size of the - initial ramdisk. - - rd_start - - Start address in sectors of the ramdisk image on a floppy disk. - - system_rev - - system revision number. - - system_serial_low - system_serial_high - - system 64-bit serial number - - mem_fclk_21285 - - The speed of the external oscillator to the 21285 (footbridge), - which control's the speed of the memory bus, timer & serial port. - Depending upon the speed of the cpu its value can be between - 0-66 MHz. If no params are passed or a value of zero is passed, - then a value of 50 Mhz is the default on 21285 architectures. - - paths[8][128] - - These are now obsolete, and should not be used. - - commandline - - Kernel command line parameters. Details can be found elsewhere. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt b/Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 28a2795705ca..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/VFP/release-notes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -Release notes for Linux Kernel VFP support code ------------------------------------------------ - -Date: 20 May 2004 -Author: Russell King - -This is the first release of the Linux Kernel VFP support code. It -provides support for the exceptions bounced from VFP hardware found -on ARM926EJ-S. - -This release has been validated against the SoftFloat-2b library by -John R. Hauser using the TestFloat-2a test suite. Details of this -library and test suite can be found at: - - http://www.jhauser.us/arithmetic/SoftFloat.html - -The operations which have been tested with this package are: - - - fdiv - - fsub - - fadd - - fmul - - fcmp - - fcmpe - - fcvtd - - fcvts - - fsito - - ftosi - - fsqrt - -All the above pass softfloat tests with the following exceptions: - -- fadd/fsub shows some differences in the handling of +0 / -0 results - when input operands differ in signs. -- the handling of underflow exceptions is slightly different. If a - result underflows before rounding, but becomes a normalised number - after rounding, we do not signal an underflow exception. - -Other operations which have been tested by basic assembly-only tests -are: - - - fcpy - - fabs - - fneg - - ftoui - - ftosiz - - ftouiz - -The combination operations have not been tested: - - - fmac - - fnmac - - fmsc - - fnmsc - - fnmul diff --git a/Documentation/arm/arm.rst b/Documentation/arm/arm.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2edc509df92a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/arm.rst @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +======================= +ARM Linux 2.6 and upper +======================= + + Please check for + updates. + +Compilation of kernel +--------------------- + + In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of + generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be + a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report + an error if your compiler is a recognized offender. + + To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line + in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF + tools installed as default, then you should change the CROSS_COMPILE + line as detailed below. + + If you wish to cross-compile, then alter the following lines in the top + level make file:: + + ARCH = + + with:: + + ARCH = arm + + and:: + + CROSS_COMPILE= + + to:: + + CROSS_COMPILE= + + eg.:: + + CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- + + Do a 'make config', followed by 'make Image' to build the kernel + (arch/arm/boot/Image). A compressed image can be built by doing a + 'make zImage' instead of 'make Image'. + + +Bug reports etc +--------------- + + Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see + http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some + explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed. + + Bug reports should be sent to linux-arm-kernel@lists.arm.linux.org.uk, + or submitted through the web form at + http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/ + + When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant + information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during + the problem, what you were doing, etc. + + +Include files +------------- + + Several new include directories have been created under include/asm-arm, + which are there to reduce the clutter in the top-level directory. These + directories, and their purpose is listed below: + + ============= ========================================================== + `arch-*` machine/platform specific header files + `hardware` driver-internal ARM specific data structures/definitions + `mach` descriptions of generic ARM to specific machine interfaces + `proc-*` processor dependent header files (currently only two + categories) + ============= ========================================================== + + +Machine/Platform support +------------------------ + + The ARM tree contains support for a lot of different machine types. To + continue supporting these differences, it has become necessary to split + machine-specific parts by directory. For this, the machine category is + used to select which directories and files get included (we will use + $(MACHINE) to refer to the category) + + To this end, we now have arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE) directories which are + designed to house the non-driver files for a particular machine (eg, PCI, + memory management, architecture definitions etc). For all future + machines, there should be a corresponding arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE)/include/mach + directory. + + +Modules +------- + + Although modularisation is supported (and required for the FP emulator), + each module on an ARM2/ARM250/ARM3 machine when is loaded will take + memory up to the next 32k boundary due to the size of the pages. + Therefore, is modularisation on these machines really worth it? + + However, ARM6 and up machines allow modules to take multiples of 4k, and + as such Acorn RiscPCs and other architectures using these processors can + make good use of modularisation. + + +ADFS Image files +---------------- + + You can access image files on your ADFS partitions by mounting the ADFS + partition, and then using the loopback device driver. You must have + losetup installed. + + Please note that the PCEmulator DOS partitions have a partition table at + the start, and as such, you will have to give '-o offset' to losetup. + + +Request to developers +--------------------- + + When writing device drivers which include a separate assembler file, please + include it in with the C file, and not the arch/arm/lib directory. This + allows the driver to be compiled as a loadable module without requiring + half the code to be compiled into the kernel image. + + In general, try to avoid using assembler unless it is really necessary. It + makes drivers far less easy to port to other hardware. + + +ST506 hard drives +----------------- + + The ST506 hard drive controllers seem to be working fine (if a little + slowly). At the moment they will only work off the controllers on an + A4x0's motherboard, but for it to work off a Podule just requires + someone with a podule to add the addresses for the IRQ mask and the + HDC base to the source. + + As of 31/3/96 it works with two drives (you should get the ADFS + `*configure` harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great + big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ). + + I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); thats about half of what + RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting + last week :-) + + Known bug: Drive data errors can cause a hang; including cases where + the controller has fixed the error using ECC. (Possibly ONLY + in that case...hmm). + + +1772 Floppy +----------- + This also seems to work OK, but hasn't been stressed much lately. It + hasn't got any code for disc change detection in there at the moment which + could be a bit of a problem! Suggestions on the correct way to do this + are welcome. + + +`CONFIG_MACH_` and `CONFIG_ARCH_` +--------------------------------- + A change was made in 2003 to the macro names for new machines. + Historically, `CONFIG_ARCH_` was used for the bonafide architecture, + e.g. SA1100, as well as implementations of the architecture, + e.g. Assabet. It was decided to change the implementation macros + to read `CONFIG_MACH_` for clarity. Moreover, a retroactive fixup has + not been made because it would complicate patching. + + Previous registrations may be found online. + + + +Kernel entry (head.S) +--------------------- + The initial entry into the kernel is via head.S, which uses machine + independent code. The machine is selected by the value of 'r1' on + entry, which must be kept unique. + + Due to the large number of machines which the ARM port of Linux provides + for, we have a method to manage this which ensures that we don't end up + duplicating large amounts of code. + + We group machine (or platform) support code into machine classes. A + class typically based around one or more system on a chip devices, and + acts as a natural container around the actual implementations. These + classes are given directories - arch/arm/mach- and + arch/arm/mach- - which contain the source files to/include/mach + support the machine class. This directories also contain any machine + specific supporting code. + + For example, the SA1100 class is based upon the SA1100 and SA1110 SoC + devices, and contains the code to support the way the on-board and off- + board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that + machine specific "personality." + + For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is + controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At + compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for + a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types. + + For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is + controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a + compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the + web site at: + + + + Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your + platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type. + +--- + +Russell King (15/03/2004) diff --git a/Documentation/arm/booting.rst b/Documentation/arm/booting.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4babb6c6ae1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/booting.rst @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +================= +Booting ARM Linux +================= + +Author: Russell King + +Date : 18 May 2002 + +The following documentation is relevant to 2.4.18-rmk6 and beyond. + +In order to boot ARM Linux, you require a boot loader, which is a small +program that runs before the main kernel. The boot loader is expected +to initialise various devices, and eventually call the Linux kernel, +passing information to the kernel. + +Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the +following: + +1. Setup and initialise the RAM. +2. Initialise one serial port. +3. Detect the machine type. +4. Setup the kernel tagged list. +5. Load initramfs. +6. Call the kernel image. + + +1. Setup and initialise RAM +--------------------------- + +Existing boot loaders: + MANDATORY +New boot loaders: + MANDATORY + +The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the +kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs +this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms +to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of +the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer +sees fit.) + + +2. Initialise one serial port +----------------------------- + +Existing boot loaders: + OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED +New boot loaders: + OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED + +The boot loader should initialise and enable one serial port on the +target. This allows the kernel serial driver to automatically detect +which serial port it should use for the kernel console (generally +used for debugging purposes, or communication with the target.) + +As an alternative, the boot loader can pass the relevant 'console=' +option to the kernel via the tagged lists specifying the port, and +serial format options as described in + + Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst. + + +3. Detect the machine type +-------------------------- + +Existing boot loaders: + OPTIONAL +New boot loaders: + MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms + +The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some +method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that +looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document. +The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx +value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This +should be passed to the kernel in register r1. + +For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device +tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly +necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types. + +4. Setup boot data +------------------ + +Existing boot loaders: + OPTIONAL, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED +New boot loaders: + MANDATORY + +The boot loader must provide either a tagged list or a dtb image for +passing configuration data to the kernel. The physical address of the +boot data is passed to the kernel in register r2. + +4a. Setup the kernel tagged list +-------------------------------- + +The boot loader must create and initialise the kernel tagged list. +A valid tagged list starts with ATAG_CORE and ends with ATAG_NONE. +The ATAG_CORE tag may or may not be empty. An empty ATAG_CORE tag +has the size field set to '2' (0x00000002). The ATAG_NONE must set +the size field to zero. + +Any number of tags can be placed in the list. It is undefined +whether a repeated tag appends to the information carried by the +previous tag, or whether it replaces the information in its +entirety; some tags behave as the former, others the latter. + +The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of +the system memory, and root filesystem location. Therefore, the +minimum tagged list should look:: + + +-----------+ + base -> | ATAG_CORE | | + +-----------+ | + | ATAG_MEM | | increasing address + +-----------+ | + | ATAG_NONE | | + +-----------+ v + +The tagged list should be stored in system RAM. + +The tagged list must be placed in a region of memory where neither +the kernel decompressor nor initrd 'bootp' program will overwrite +it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM. + +4b. Setup the device tree +------------------------- + +The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram +at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The +dtb format is documented in Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt. +The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb +physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a +tagged list. + +The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the +system memory, and the root filesystem location. The dtb must be +placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not +overwrite it, while remaining within the region which will be covered +by the kernel's low-memory mapping. + +A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM. + +5. Load initramfs. +------------------ + +Existing boot loaders: + OPTIONAL +New boot loaders: + OPTIONAL + +If an initramfs is in use then, as with the dtb, it must be placed in +a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not overwrite it +while also with the region which will be covered by the kernel's +low-memory mapping. + +A safe location is just above the device tree blob which itself will +be loaded just above the 128MiB boundary from the start of RAM as +recommended above. + +6. Calling the kernel image +--------------------------- + +Existing boot loaders: + MANDATORY +New boot loaders: + MANDATORY + +There are two options for calling the kernel zImage. If the zImage +is stored in flash, and is linked correctly to be run from flash, +then it is legal for the boot loader to call the zImage in flash +directly. + +The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The +kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended +that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate +prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly +faster. + +When booting a raw (non-zImage) kernel the constraints are tighter. +In this case the kernel must be loaded at an offset into system equal +to TEXT_OFFSET - PAGE_OFFSET. + +In any case, the following conditions must be met: + +- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get + corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save + you many hours of debug. + +- CPU register settings + + - r0 = 0, + - r1 = machine type number discovered in (3) above. + - r2 = physical address of tagged list in system RAM, or + physical address of device tree block (dtb) in system RAM + +- CPU mode + + All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs) + + For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the + CPU must be in SVC mode. (A special exception exists for Angel) + + CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be + entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of + these extensions. This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs, + unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed + hypervisor. + + If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be + entered in SVC mode. + +- Caches, MMUs + + The MMU must be off. + + Instruction cache may be on or off. + + Data cache must be off. + + If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to + the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged + kernel modes) configuration. In addition, all traps into the + hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all + peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally + possible. Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration + should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the + virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help. + +- The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping + directly to the first instruction of the kernel image. + + On CPUs supporting the ARM instruction set, the entry must be + made in ARM state, even for a Thumb-2 kernel. + + On CPUs supporting only the Thumb instruction set such as + Cortex-M class CPUs, the entry must be made in Thumb state. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst b/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aa58603d3f28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst @@ -0,0 +1,533 @@ +========================================================= +Cluster-wide Power-up/power-down race avoidance algorithm +========================================================= + +This file documents the algorithm which is used to coordinate CPU and +cluster setup and teardown operations and to manage hardware coherency +controls safely. + +The section "Rationale" explains what the algorithm is for and why it is +needed. "Basic model" explains general concepts using a simplified view +of the system. The other sections explain the actual details of the +algorithm in use. + + +Rationale +--------- + +In a system containing multiple CPUs, it is desirable to have the +ability to turn off individual CPUs when the system is idle, reducing +power consumption and thermal dissipation. + +In a system containing multiple clusters of CPUs, it is also desirable +to have the ability to turn off entire clusters. + +Turning entire clusters off and on is a risky business, because it +involves performing potentially destructive operations affecting a group +of independently running CPUs, while the OS continues to run. This +means that we need some coordination in order to ensure that critical +cluster-level operations are only performed when it is truly safe to do +so. + +Simple locking may not be sufficient to solve this problem, because +mechanisms like Linux spinlocks may rely on coherency mechanisms which +are not immediately enabled when a cluster powers up. Since enabling or +disabling those mechanisms may itself be a non-atomic operation (such as +writing some hardware registers and invalidating large caches), other +methods of coordination are required in order to guarantee safe +power-down and power-up at the cluster level. + +The mechanism presented in this document describes a coherent memory +based protocol for performing the needed coordination. It aims to be as +lightweight as possible, while providing the required safety properties. + + +Basic model +----------- + +Each cluster and CPU is assigned a state, as follows: + + - DOWN + - COMING_UP + - UP + - GOING_DOWN + +:: + + +---------> UP ----------+ + | v + + COMING_UP GOING_DOWN + + ^ | + +--------- DOWN <--------+ + + +DOWN: + The CPU or cluster is not coherent, and is either powered off or + suspended, or is ready to be powered off or suspended. + +COMING_UP: + The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the UP state. + It may be part way through the process of initialisation and + enabling coherency. + +UP: + The CPU or cluster is active and coherent at the hardware + level. A CPU in this state is not necessarily being used + actively by the kernel. + +GOING_DOWN: + The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the DOWN + state. It may be part way through the process of teardown and + coherency exit. + + +Each CPU has one of these states assigned to it at any point in time. +The CPU states are described in the "CPU state" section, below. + +Each cluster is also assigned a state, but it is necessary to split the +state value into two parts (the "cluster" state and "inbound" state) and +to introduce additional states in order to avoid races between different +CPUs in the cluster simultaneously modifying the state. The cluster- +level states are described in the "Cluster state" section. + +To help distinguish the CPU states from cluster states in this +discussion, the state names are given a `CPU_` prefix for the CPU states, +and a `CLUSTER_` or `INBOUND_` prefix for the cluster states. + + +CPU state +--------- + +In this algorithm, each individual core in a multi-core processor is +referred to as a "CPU". CPUs are assumed to be single-threaded: +therefore, a CPU can only be doing one thing at a single point in time. + +This means that CPUs fit the basic model closely. + +The algorithm defines the following states for each CPU in the system: + + - CPU_DOWN + - CPU_COMING_UP + - CPU_UP + - CPU_GOING_DOWN + +:: + + cluster setup and + CPU setup complete policy decision + +-----------> CPU_UP ------------+ + | v + + CPU_COMING_UP CPU_GOING_DOWN + + ^ | + +----------- CPU_DOWN <----------+ + policy decision CPU teardown complete + or hardware event + + +The definitions of the four states correspond closely to the states of +the basic model. + +Transitions between states occur as follows. + +A trigger event (spontaneous) means that the CPU can transition to the +next state as a result of making local progress only, with no +requirement for any external event to happen. + + +CPU_DOWN: + A CPU reaches the CPU_DOWN state when it is ready for + power-down. On reaching this state, the CPU will typically + power itself down or suspend itself, via a WFI instruction or a + firmware call. + + Next state: + CPU_COMING_UP + Conditions: + none + + Trigger events: + a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting + from a policy decision on another CPU; + + b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. + + +CPU_COMING_UP: + A CPU cannot start participating in hardware coherency until the + cluster is set up and coherent. If the cluster is not ready, + then the CPU will wait in the CPU_COMING_UP state until the + cluster has been set up. + + Next state: + CPU_UP + Conditions: + The CPU's parent cluster must be in CLUSTER_UP. + Trigger events: + Transition of the parent cluster to CLUSTER_UP. + + Refer to the "Cluster state" section for a description of the + CLUSTER_UP state. + + +CPU_UP: + When a CPU reaches the CPU_UP state, it is safe for the CPU to + start participating in local coherency. + + This is done by jumping to the kernel's CPU resume code. + + Note that the definition of this state is slightly different + from the basic model definition: CPU_UP does not mean that the + CPU is coherent yet, but it does mean that it is safe to resume + the kernel. The kernel handles the rest of the resume + procedure, so the remaining steps are not visible as part of the + race avoidance algorithm. + + The CPU remains in this state until an explicit policy decision + is made to shut down or suspend the CPU. + + Next state: + CPU_GOING_DOWN + Conditions: + none + Trigger events: + explicit policy decision + + +CPU_GOING_DOWN: + While in this state, the CPU exits coherency, including any + operations required to achieve this (such as cleaning data + caches). + + Next state: + CPU_DOWN + Conditions: + local CPU teardown complete + Trigger events: + (spontaneous) + + +Cluster state +------------- + +A cluster is a group of connected CPUs with some common resources. +Because a cluster contains multiple CPUs, it can be doing multiple +things at the same time. This has some implications. In particular, a +CPU can start up while another CPU is tearing the cluster down. + +In this discussion, the "outbound side" is the view of the cluster state +as seen by a CPU tearing the cluster down. The "inbound side" is the +view of the cluster state as seen by a CPU setting the CPU up. + +In order to enable safe coordination in such situations, it is important +that a CPU which is setting up the cluster can advertise its state +independently of the CPU which is tearing down the cluster. For this +reason, the cluster state is split into two parts: + + "cluster" state: The global state of the cluster; or the state + on the outbound side: + + - CLUSTER_DOWN + - CLUSTER_UP + - CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN + + "inbound" state: The state of the cluster on the inbound side. + + - INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP + - INBOUND_COMING_UP + + + The different pairings of these states results in six possible + states for the cluster as a whole:: + + CLUSTER_UP + +==========> INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP -------------+ + # | + | + CLUSTER_UP <----+ | + INBOUND_COMING_UP | v + + ^ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN + # INBOUND_COMING_UP <=== INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP + + CLUSTER_DOWN | | + INBOUND_COMING_UP <----+ | + | + ^ | + +=========== CLUSTER_DOWN <------------+ + INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP + + Transitions -----> can only be made by the outbound CPU, and + only involve changes to the "cluster" state. + + Transitions ===##> can only be made by the inbound CPU, and only + involve changes to the "inbound" state, except where there is no + further transition possible on the outbound side (i.e., the + outbound CPU has put the cluster into the CLUSTER_DOWN state). + + The race avoidance algorithm does not provide a way to determine + which exact CPUs within the cluster play these roles. This must + be decided in advance by some other means. Refer to the section + "Last man and first man selection" for more explanation. + + + CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP is the only state where the + cluster can actually be powered down. + + The parallelism of the inbound and outbound CPUs is observed by + the existence of two different paths from CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/ + INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (corresponding to GOING_DOWN in the basic + model) to CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (corresponding to + COMING_UP in the basic model). The second path avoids cluster + teardown completely. + + CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP is equivalent to UP in the basic + model. The final transition to CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP + is trivial and merely resets the state machine ready for the + next cycle. + + Details of the allowable transitions follow. + + The next state in each case is notated + + / () + + where the is the side on which the transition + can occur; either the inbound or the outbound side. + + +CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: + Next state: + CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) + Conditions: + none + + Trigger events: + a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting + from a policy decision on another CPU; + + b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. + + +CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP: + + In this state, an inbound CPU sets up the cluster, including + enabling of hardware coherency at the cluster level and any + other operations (such as cache invalidation) which are required + in order to achieve this. + + The purpose of this state is to do sufficient cluster-level + setup to enable other CPUs in the cluster to enter coherency + safely. + + Next state: + CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) + Conditions: + cluster-level setup and hardware coherency complete + Trigger events: + (spontaneous) + + +CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP: + + Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is + enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely + enter coherency. + + This is a transient state, leading immediately to + CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP. All other CPUs on the cluster + should consider treat these two states as equivalent. + + Next state: + CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (inbound) + Conditions: + none + Trigger events: + (spontaneous) + + +CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: + + Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is + enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely + enter coherency. + + The cluster will remain in this state until a policy decision is + made to power the cluster down. + + Next state: + CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound) + Conditions: + none + Trigger events: + policy decision to power down the cluster + + +CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: + + An outbound CPU is tearing the cluster down. The selected CPU + must wait in this state until all CPUs in the cluster are in the + CPU_DOWN state. + + When all CPUs are in the CPU_DOWN state, the cluster can be torn + down, for example by cleaning data caches and exiting + cluster-level coherency. + + To avoid wasteful unnecessary teardown operations, the outbound + should check the inbound cluster state for asynchronous + transitions to INBOUND_COMING_UP. Alternatively, individual + CPUs can be checked for entry into CPU_COMING_UP or CPU_UP. + + + Next states: + + CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound) + Conditions: + cluster torn down and ready to power off + Trigger events: + (spontaneous) + + CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) + Conditions: + none + + Trigger events: + a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, + resulting from a policy decision on another + CPU; + + b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. + + +CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP: + + The cluster is (or was) being torn down, but another CPU has + come online in the meantime and is trying to set up the cluster + again. + + If the outbound CPU observes this state, it has two choices: + + a) back out of teardown, restoring the cluster to the + CLUSTER_UP state; + + b) finish tearing the cluster down and put the cluster + in the CLUSTER_DOWN state; the inbound CPU will + set up the cluster again from there. + + Choice (a) permits the removal of some latency by avoiding + unnecessary teardown and setup operations in situations where + the cluster is not really going to be powered down. + + + Next states: + + CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound) + Conditions: + cluster-level setup and hardware + coherency complete + + Trigger events: + (spontaneous) + + CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound) + Conditions: + cluster torn down and ready to power off + + Trigger events: + (spontaneous) + + +Last man and First man selection +-------------------------------- + +The CPU which performs cluster tear-down operations on the outbound side +is commonly referred to as the "last man". + +The CPU which performs cluster setup on the inbound side is commonly +referred to as the "first man". + +The race avoidance algorithm documented above does not provide a +mechanism to choose which CPUs should play these roles. + + +Last man: + +When shutting down the cluster, all the CPUs involved are initially +executing Linux and hence coherent. Therefore, ordinary spinlocks can +be used to select a last man safely, before the CPUs become +non-coherent. + + +First man: + +Because CPUs may power up asynchronously in response to external wake-up +events, a dynamic mechanism is needed to make sure that only one CPU +attempts to play the first man role and do the cluster-level +initialisation: any other CPUs must wait for this to complete before +proceeding. + +Cluster-level initialisation may involve actions such as configuring +coherency controls in the bus fabric. + +The current implementation in mcpm_head.S uses a separate mutual exclusion +mechanism to do this arbitration. This mechanism is documented in +detail in vlocks.txt. + + +Features and Limitations +------------------------ + +Implementation: + + The current ARM-based implementation is split between + arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S (low-level inbound CPU operations) and + arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c (everything else): + + __mcpm_cpu_going_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the + CPU_GOING_DOWN state. + + __mcpm_cpu_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the CPU_DOWN + state. + + A CPU transitions to CPU_COMING_UP and then to CPU_UP via the + low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This could + involve CPU-specific setup code, but in the current + implementation it does not. + + __mcpm_outbound_enter_critical() and __mcpm_outbound_leave_critical() + handle transitions from CLUSTER_UP to CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN + and from there to CLUSTER_DOWN or back to CLUSTER_UP (in + the case of an aborted cluster power-down). + + These functions are more complex than the __mcpm_cpu_*() + functions due to the extra inter-CPU coordination which + is needed for safe transitions at the cluster level. + + A cluster transitions from CLUSTER_DOWN back to CLUSTER_UP via + the low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This + typically involves platform-specific setup code, + provided by the platform-specific power_up_setup + function registered via mcpm_sync_init. + +Deep topologies: + + As currently described and implemented, the algorithm does not + support CPU topologies involving more than two levels (i.e., + clusters of clusters are not supported). The algorithm could be + extended by replicating the cluster-level states for the + additional topological levels, and modifying the transition + rules for the intermediate (non-outermost) cluster levels. + + +Colophon +-------- + +Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, in +collaboration with Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. + +Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited +Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public +License, as defined in linux/COPYING. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt b/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 750b6fc24af9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,498 +0,0 @@ -Cluster-wide Power-up/power-down race avoidance algorithm -========================================================= - -This file documents the algorithm which is used to coordinate CPU and -cluster setup and teardown operations and to manage hardware coherency -controls safely. - -The section "Rationale" explains what the algorithm is for and why it is -needed. "Basic model" explains general concepts using a simplified view -of the system. The other sections explain the actual details of the -algorithm in use. - - -Rationale ---------- - -In a system containing multiple CPUs, it is desirable to have the -ability to turn off individual CPUs when the system is idle, reducing -power consumption and thermal dissipation. - -In a system containing multiple clusters of CPUs, it is also desirable -to have the ability to turn off entire clusters. - -Turning entire clusters off and on is a risky business, because it -involves performing potentially destructive operations affecting a group -of independently running CPUs, while the OS continues to run. This -means that we need some coordination in order to ensure that critical -cluster-level operations are only performed when it is truly safe to do -so. - -Simple locking may not be sufficient to solve this problem, because -mechanisms like Linux spinlocks may rely on coherency mechanisms which -are not immediately enabled when a cluster powers up. Since enabling or -disabling those mechanisms may itself be a non-atomic operation (such as -writing some hardware registers and invalidating large caches), other -methods of coordination are required in order to guarantee safe -power-down and power-up at the cluster level. - -The mechanism presented in this document describes a coherent memory -based protocol for performing the needed coordination. It aims to be as -lightweight as possible, while providing the required safety properties. - - -Basic model ------------ - -Each cluster and CPU is assigned a state, as follows: - - DOWN - COMING_UP - UP - GOING_DOWN - - +---------> UP ----------+ - | v - - COMING_UP GOING_DOWN - - ^ | - +--------- DOWN <--------+ - - -DOWN: The CPU or cluster is not coherent, and is either powered off or - suspended, or is ready to be powered off or suspended. - -COMING_UP: The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the UP state. - It may be part way through the process of initialisation and - enabling coherency. - -UP: The CPU or cluster is active and coherent at the hardware - level. A CPU in this state is not necessarily being used - actively by the kernel. - -GOING_DOWN: The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the DOWN - state. It may be part way through the process of teardown and - coherency exit. - - -Each CPU has one of these states assigned to it at any point in time. -The CPU states are described in the "CPU state" section, below. - -Each cluster is also assigned a state, but it is necessary to split the -state value into two parts (the "cluster" state and "inbound" state) and -to introduce additional states in order to avoid races between different -CPUs in the cluster simultaneously modifying the state. The cluster- -level states are described in the "Cluster state" section. - -To help distinguish the CPU states from cluster states in this -discussion, the state names are given a CPU_ prefix for the CPU states, -and a CLUSTER_ or INBOUND_ prefix for the cluster states. - - -CPU state ---------- - -In this algorithm, each individual core in a multi-core processor is -referred to as a "CPU". CPUs are assumed to be single-threaded: -therefore, a CPU can only be doing one thing at a single point in time. - -This means that CPUs fit the basic model closely. - -The algorithm defines the following states for each CPU in the system: - - CPU_DOWN - CPU_COMING_UP - CPU_UP - CPU_GOING_DOWN - - cluster setup and - CPU setup complete policy decision - +-----------> CPU_UP ------------+ - | v - - CPU_COMING_UP CPU_GOING_DOWN - - ^ | - +----------- CPU_DOWN <----------+ - policy decision CPU teardown complete - or hardware event - - -The definitions of the four states correspond closely to the states of -the basic model. - -Transitions between states occur as follows. - -A trigger event (spontaneous) means that the CPU can transition to the -next state as a result of making local progress only, with no -requirement for any external event to happen. - - -CPU_DOWN: - - A CPU reaches the CPU_DOWN state when it is ready for - power-down. On reaching this state, the CPU will typically - power itself down or suspend itself, via a WFI instruction or a - firmware call. - - Next state: CPU_COMING_UP - Conditions: none - - Trigger events: - - a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting - from a policy decision on another CPU; - - b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. - - -CPU_COMING_UP: - - A CPU cannot start participating in hardware coherency until the - cluster is set up and coherent. If the cluster is not ready, - then the CPU will wait in the CPU_COMING_UP state until the - cluster has been set up. - - Next state: CPU_UP - Conditions: The CPU's parent cluster must be in CLUSTER_UP. - Trigger events: Transition of the parent cluster to CLUSTER_UP. - - Refer to the "Cluster state" section for a description of the - CLUSTER_UP state. - - -CPU_UP: - When a CPU reaches the CPU_UP state, it is safe for the CPU to - start participating in local coherency. - - This is done by jumping to the kernel's CPU resume code. - - Note that the definition of this state is slightly different - from the basic model definition: CPU_UP does not mean that the - CPU is coherent yet, but it does mean that it is safe to resume - the kernel. The kernel handles the rest of the resume - procedure, so the remaining steps are not visible as part of the - race avoidance algorithm. - - The CPU remains in this state until an explicit policy decision - is made to shut down or suspend the CPU. - - Next state: CPU_GOING_DOWN - Conditions: none - Trigger events: explicit policy decision - - -CPU_GOING_DOWN: - - While in this state, the CPU exits coherency, including any - operations required to achieve this (such as cleaning data - caches). - - Next state: CPU_DOWN - Conditions: local CPU teardown complete - Trigger events: (spontaneous) - - -Cluster state -------------- - -A cluster is a group of connected CPUs with some common resources. -Because a cluster contains multiple CPUs, it can be doing multiple -things at the same time. This has some implications. In particular, a -CPU can start up while another CPU is tearing the cluster down. - -In this discussion, the "outbound side" is the view of the cluster state -as seen by a CPU tearing the cluster down. The "inbound side" is the -view of the cluster state as seen by a CPU setting the CPU up. - -In order to enable safe coordination in such situations, it is important -that a CPU which is setting up the cluster can advertise its state -independently of the CPU which is tearing down the cluster. For this -reason, the cluster state is split into two parts: - - "cluster" state: The global state of the cluster; or the state - on the outbound side: - - CLUSTER_DOWN - CLUSTER_UP - CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN - - "inbound" state: The state of the cluster on the inbound side. - - INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP - INBOUND_COMING_UP - - - The different pairings of these states results in six possible - states for the cluster as a whole: - - CLUSTER_UP - +==========> INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP -------------+ - # | - | - CLUSTER_UP <----+ | - INBOUND_COMING_UP | v - - ^ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN - # INBOUND_COMING_UP <=== INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP - - CLUSTER_DOWN | | - INBOUND_COMING_UP <----+ | - | - ^ | - +=========== CLUSTER_DOWN <------------+ - INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP - - Transitions -----> can only be made by the outbound CPU, and - only involve changes to the "cluster" state. - - Transitions ===##> can only be made by the inbound CPU, and only - involve changes to the "inbound" state, except where there is no - further transition possible on the outbound side (i.e., the - outbound CPU has put the cluster into the CLUSTER_DOWN state). - - The race avoidance algorithm does not provide a way to determine - which exact CPUs within the cluster play these roles. This must - be decided in advance by some other means. Refer to the section - "Last man and first man selection" for more explanation. - - - CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP is the only state where the - cluster can actually be powered down. - - The parallelism of the inbound and outbound CPUs is observed by - the existence of two different paths from CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/ - INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (corresponding to GOING_DOWN in the basic - model) to CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (corresponding to - COMING_UP in the basic model). The second path avoids cluster - teardown completely. - - CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP is equivalent to UP in the basic - model. The final transition to CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP - is trivial and merely resets the state machine ready for the - next cycle. - - Details of the allowable transitions follow. - - The next state in each case is notated - - / () - - where the is the side on which the transition - can occur; either the inbound or the outbound side. - - -CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: - - Next state: CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) - Conditions: none - Trigger events: - - a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting - from a policy decision on another CPU; - - b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. - - -CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP: - - In this state, an inbound CPU sets up the cluster, including - enabling of hardware coherency at the cluster level and any - other operations (such as cache invalidation) which are required - in order to achieve this. - - The purpose of this state is to do sufficient cluster-level - setup to enable other CPUs in the cluster to enter coherency - safely. - - Next state: CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) - Conditions: cluster-level setup and hardware coherency complete - Trigger events: (spontaneous) - - -CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP: - - Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is - enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely - enter coherency. - - This is a transient state, leading immediately to - CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP. All other CPUs on the cluster - should consider treat these two states as equivalent. - - Next state: CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (inbound) - Conditions: none - Trigger events: (spontaneous) - - -CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: - - Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is - enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely - enter coherency. - - The cluster will remain in this state until a policy decision is - made to power the cluster down. - - Next state: CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound) - Conditions: none - Trigger events: policy decision to power down the cluster - - -CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP: - - An outbound CPU is tearing the cluster down. The selected CPU - must wait in this state until all CPUs in the cluster are in the - CPU_DOWN state. - - When all CPUs are in the CPU_DOWN state, the cluster can be torn - down, for example by cleaning data caches and exiting - cluster-level coherency. - - To avoid wasteful unnecessary teardown operations, the outbound - should check the inbound cluster state for asynchronous - transitions to INBOUND_COMING_UP. Alternatively, individual - CPUs can be checked for entry into CPU_COMING_UP or CPU_UP. - - - Next states: - - CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound) - Conditions: cluster torn down and ready to power off - Trigger events: (spontaneous) - - CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound) - Conditions: none - Trigger events: - - a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, - resulting from a policy decision on another - CPU; - - b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt. - - -CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP: - - The cluster is (or was) being torn down, but another CPU has - come online in the meantime and is trying to set up the cluster - again. - - If the outbound CPU observes this state, it has two choices: - - a) back out of teardown, restoring the cluster to the - CLUSTER_UP state; - - b) finish tearing the cluster down and put the cluster - in the CLUSTER_DOWN state; the inbound CPU will - set up the cluster again from there. - - Choice (a) permits the removal of some latency by avoiding - unnecessary teardown and setup operations in situations where - the cluster is not really going to be powered down. - - - Next states: - - CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound) - Conditions: cluster-level setup and hardware - coherency complete - Trigger events: (spontaneous) - - CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound) - Conditions: cluster torn down and ready to power off - Trigger events: (spontaneous) - - -Last man and First man selection --------------------------------- - -The CPU which performs cluster tear-down operations on the outbound side -is commonly referred to as the "last man". - -The CPU which performs cluster setup on the inbound side is commonly -referred to as the "first man". - -The race avoidance algorithm documented above does not provide a -mechanism to choose which CPUs should play these roles. - - -Last man: - -When shutting down the cluster, all the CPUs involved are initially -executing Linux and hence coherent. Therefore, ordinary spinlocks can -be used to select a last man safely, before the CPUs become -non-coherent. - - -First man: - -Because CPUs may power up asynchronously in response to external wake-up -events, a dynamic mechanism is needed to make sure that only one CPU -attempts to play the first man role and do the cluster-level -initialisation: any other CPUs must wait for this to complete before -proceeding. - -Cluster-level initialisation may involve actions such as configuring -coherency controls in the bus fabric. - -The current implementation in mcpm_head.S uses a separate mutual exclusion -mechanism to do this arbitration. This mechanism is documented in -detail in vlocks.txt. - - -Features and Limitations ------------------------- - -Implementation: - - The current ARM-based implementation is split between - arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S (low-level inbound CPU operations) and - arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c (everything else): - - __mcpm_cpu_going_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the - CPU_GOING_DOWN state. - - __mcpm_cpu_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the CPU_DOWN - state. - - A CPU transitions to CPU_COMING_UP and then to CPU_UP via the - low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This could - involve CPU-specific setup code, but in the current - implementation it does not. - - __mcpm_outbound_enter_critical() and __mcpm_outbound_leave_critical() - handle transitions from CLUSTER_UP to CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN - and from there to CLUSTER_DOWN or back to CLUSTER_UP (in - the case of an aborted cluster power-down). - - These functions are more complex than the __mcpm_cpu_*() - functions due to the extra inter-CPU coordination which - is needed for safe transitions at the cluster level. - - A cluster transitions from CLUSTER_DOWN back to CLUSTER_UP via - the low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This - typically involves platform-specific setup code, - provided by the platform-specific power_up_setup - function registered via mcpm_sync_init. - -Deep topologies: - - As currently described and implemented, the algorithm does not - support CPU topologies involving more than two levels (i.e., - clusters of clusters are not supported). The algorithm could be - extended by replicating the cluster-level states for the - additional topological levels, and modifying the transition - rules for the intermediate (non-outermost) cluster levels. - - -Colophon --------- - -Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, in -collaboration with Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. - -Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited -Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public -License, as defined in linux/COPYING. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/firmware.rst b/Documentation/arm/firmware.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..efd844baec1d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/firmware.rst @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +========================================================================== +Interface for registering and calling firmware-specific operations for ARM +========================================================================== + +Written by Tomasz Figa + +Some boards are running with secure firmware running in TrustZone secure +world, which changes the way some things have to be initialized. This makes +a need to provide an interface for such platforms to specify available firmware +operations and call them when needed. + +Firmware operations can be specified by filling in a struct firmware_ops +with appropriate callbacks and then registering it with register_firmware_ops() +function:: + + void register_firmware_ops(const struct firmware_ops *ops) + +The ops pointer must be non-NULL. More information about struct firmware_ops +and its members can be found in arch/arm/include/asm/firmware.h header. + +There is a default, empty set of operations provided, so there is no need to +set anything if platform does not require firmware operations. + +To call a firmware operation, a helper macro is provided:: + + #define call_firmware_op(op, ...) \ + ((firmware_ops->op) ? firmware_ops->op(__VA_ARGS__) : (-ENOSYS)) + +the macro checks if the operation is provided and calls it or otherwise returns +-ENOSYS to signal that given operation is not available (for example, to allow +fallback to legacy operation). + +Example of registering firmware operations:: + + /* board file */ + + static int platformX_do_idle(void) + { + /* tell platformX firmware to enter idle */ + return 0; + } + + static int platformX_cpu_boot(int i) + { + /* tell platformX firmware to boot CPU i */ + return 0; + } + + static const struct firmware_ops platformX_firmware_ops = { + .do_idle = exynos_do_idle, + .cpu_boot = exynos_cpu_boot, + /* other operations not available on platformX */ + }; + + /* init_early callback of machine descriptor */ + static void __init board_init_early(void) + { + register_firmware_ops(&platformX_firmware_ops); + } + +Example of using a firmware operation:: + + /* some platform code, e.g. SMP initialization */ + + __raw_writel(__pa_symbol(exynos4_secondary_startup), + CPU1_BOOT_REG); + + /* Call Exynos specific smc call */ + if (call_firmware_op(cpu_boot, cpu) == -ENOSYS) + cpu_boot_legacy(...); /* Try legacy way */ + + gic_raise_softirq(cpumask_of(cpu), 1); diff --git a/Documentation/arm/firmware.txt b/Documentation/arm/firmware.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7f175dbb427e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/firmware.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -Interface for registering and calling firmware-specific operations for ARM. ----- -Written by Tomasz Figa - -Some boards are running with secure firmware running in TrustZone secure -world, which changes the way some things have to be initialized. This makes -a need to provide an interface for such platforms to specify available firmware -operations and call them when needed. - -Firmware operations can be specified by filling in a struct firmware_ops -with appropriate callbacks and then registering it with register_firmware_ops() -function. - - void register_firmware_ops(const struct firmware_ops *ops) - -The ops pointer must be non-NULL. More information about struct firmware_ops -and its members can be found in arch/arm/include/asm/firmware.h header. - -There is a default, empty set of operations provided, so there is no need to -set anything if platform does not require firmware operations. - -To call a firmware operation, a helper macro is provided - - #define call_firmware_op(op, ...) \ - ((firmware_ops->op) ? firmware_ops->op(__VA_ARGS__) : (-ENOSYS)) - -the macro checks if the operation is provided and calls it or otherwise returns --ENOSYS to signal that given operation is not available (for example, to allow -fallback to legacy operation). - -Example of registering firmware operations: - - /* board file */ - - static int platformX_do_idle(void) - { - /* tell platformX firmware to enter idle */ - return 0; - } - - static int platformX_cpu_boot(int i) - { - /* tell platformX firmware to boot CPU i */ - return 0; - } - - static const struct firmware_ops platformX_firmware_ops = { - .do_idle = exynos_do_idle, - .cpu_boot = exynos_cpu_boot, - /* other operations not available on platformX */ - }; - - /* init_early callback of machine descriptor */ - static void __init board_init_early(void) - { - register_firmware_ops(&platformX_firmware_ops); - } - -Example of using a firmware operation: - - /* some platform code, e.g. SMP initialization */ - - __raw_writel(__pa_symbol(exynos4_secondary_startup), - CPU1_BOOT_REG); - - /* Call Exynos specific smc call */ - if (call_firmware_op(cpu_boot, cpu) == -ENOSYS) - cpu_boot_legacy(...); /* Try legacy way */ - - gic_raise_softirq(cpumask_of(cpu), 1); diff --git a/Documentation/arm/index.rst b/Documentation/arm/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bd316d1a1802 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +:orphan: + +================ +ARM Architecture +================ + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + arm + booting + cluster-pm-race-avoidance + firmware + interrupts + kernel_mode_neon + kernel_user_helpers + memory + mem_alignment + tcm + setup + swp_emulation + uefi + vlocks + porting + +SoC-specific documents +====================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + ixp4xx + + marvel + microchip + + netwinder + nwfpe/index + + keystone/overview + keystone/knav-qmss + + omap/index + + pxa/mfp + + + sa1100/index + + stm32/stm32f746-overview + stm32/overview + stm32/stm32h743-overview + stm32/stm32f769-overview + stm32/stm32f429-overview + stm32/stm32mp157-overview + + sunxi + + samsung/index + samsung-s3c24xx/index + + sunxi/clocks + + spear/overview + + sti/stih416-overview + sti/stih407-overview + sti/stih418-overview + sti/overview + sti/stih415-overview + + vfp/release-notes + + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/arm/interrupts.rst b/Documentation/arm/interrupts.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2ae70e0e9732 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/interrupts.rst @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +========== +Interrupts +========== + +2.5.2-rmk5: + This is the first kernel that contains a major shake up of some of the + major architecture-specific subsystems. + +Firstly, it contains some pretty major changes to the way we handle the +MMU TLB. Each MMU TLB variant is now handled completely separately - +we have TLB v3, TLB v4 (without write buffer), TLB v4 (with write buffer), +and finally TLB v4 (with write buffer, with I TLB invalidate entry). +There is more assembly code inside each of these functions, mainly to +allow more flexible TLB handling for the future. + +Secondly, the IRQ subsystem. + +The 2.5 kernels will be having major changes to the way IRQs are handled. +Unfortunately, this means that machine types that touch the irq_desc[] +array (basically all machine types) will break, and this means every +machine type that we currently have. + +Lets take an example. On the Assabet with Neponset, we have:: + + GPIO25 IRR:2 + SA1100 ------------> Neponset -----------> SA1111 + IIR:1 + -----------> USAR + IIR:0 + -----------> SMC9196 + +The way stuff currently works, all SA1111 interrupts are mutually +exclusive of each other - if you're processing one interrupt from the +SA1111 and another comes in, you have to wait for that interrupt to +finish processing before you can service the new interrupt. Eg, an +IDE PIO-based interrupt on the SA1111 excludes all other SA1111 and +SMC9196 interrupts until it has finished transferring its multi-sector +data, which can be a long time. Note also that since we loop in the +SA1111 IRQ handler, SA1111 IRQs can hold off SMC9196 IRQs indefinitely. + + +The new approach brings several new ideas... + +We introduce the concept of a "parent" and a "child". For example, +to the Neponset handler, the "parent" is GPIO25, and the "children"d +are SA1111, SMC9196 and USAR. + +We also bring the idea of an IRQ "chip" (mainly to reduce the size of +the irqdesc array). This doesn't have to be a real "IC"; indeed the +SA11x0 IRQs are handled by two separate "chip" structures, one for +GPIO0-10, and another for all the rest. It is just a container for +the various operations (maybe this'll change to a better name). +This structure has the following operations:: + + struct irqchip { + /* + * Acknowledge the IRQ. + * If this is a level-based IRQ, then it is expected to mask the IRQ + * as well. + */ + void (*ack)(unsigned int irq); + /* + * Mask the IRQ in hardware. + */ + void (*mask)(unsigned int irq); + /* + * Unmask the IRQ in hardware. + */ + void (*unmask)(unsigned int irq); + /* + * Re-run the IRQ + */ + void (*rerun)(unsigned int irq); + /* + * Set the type of the IRQ. + */ + int (*type)(unsigned int irq, unsigned int, type); + }; + +ack + - required. May be the same function as mask for IRQs + handled by do_level_IRQ. +mask + - required. +unmask + - required. +rerun + - optional. Not required if you're using do_level_IRQ for all + IRQs that use this 'irqchip'. Generally expected to re-trigger + the hardware IRQ if possible. If not, may call the handler + directly. +type + - optional. If you don't support changing the type of an IRQ, + it should be null so people can detect if they are unable to + set the IRQ type. + +For each IRQ, we keep the following information: + + - "disable" depth (number of disable_irq()s without enable_irq()s) + - flags indicating what we can do with this IRQ (valid, probe, + noautounmask) as before + - status of the IRQ (probing, enable, etc) + - chip + - per-IRQ handler + - irqaction structure list + +The handler can be one of the 3 standard handlers - "level", "edge" and +"simple", or your own specific handler if you need to do something special. + +The "level" handler is what we currently have - its pretty simple. +"edge" knows about the brokenness of such IRQ implementations - that you +need to leave the hardware IRQ enabled while processing it, and queueing +further IRQ events should the IRQ happen again while processing. The +"simple" handler is very basic, and does not perform any hardware +manipulation, nor state tracking. This is useful for things like the +SMC9196 and USAR above. + +So, what's changed? +=================== + +1. Machine implementations must not write to the irqdesc array. + +2. New functions to manipulate the irqdesc array. The first 4 are expected + to be useful only to machine specific code. The last is recommended to + only be used by machine specific code, but may be used in drivers if + absolutely necessary. + + set_irq_chip(irq,chip) + Set the mask/unmask methods for handling this IRQ + + set_irq_handler(irq,handler) + Set the handler for this IRQ (level, edge, simple) + + set_irq_chained_handler(irq,handler) + Set a "chained" handler for this IRQ - automatically + enables this IRQ (eg, Neponset and SA1111 handlers). + + set_irq_flags(irq,flags) + Set the valid/probe/noautoenable flags. + + set_irq_type(irq,type) + Set active the IRQ edge(s)/level. This replaces the + SA1111 INTPOL manipulation, and the set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() + function. Type should be one of IRQ_TYPE_xxx defined in + + +3. set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() is obsolete, and should be replaced by set_irq_type. + +4. Direct access to SA1111 INTPOL is deprecated. Use set_irq_type instead. + +5. A handler is expected to perform any necessary acknowledgement of the + parent IRQ via the correct chip specific function. For instance, if + the SA1111 is directly connected to a SA1110 GPIO, then you should + acknowledge the SA1110 IRQ each time you re-read the SA1111 IRQ status. + +6. For any child which doesn't have its own IRQ enable/disable controls + (eg, SMC9196), the handler must mask or acknowledge the parent IRQ + while the child handler is called, and the child handler should be the + "simple" handler (not "edge" nor "level"). After the handler completes, + the parent IRQ should be unmasked, and the status of all children must + be re-checked for pending events. (see the Neponset IRQ handler for + details). + +7. fixup_irq() is gone, as is `arch/arm/mach-*/include/mach/irq.h` + +Please note that this will not solve all problems - some of them are +hardware based. Mixing level-based and edge-based IRQs on the same +parent signal (eg neponset) is one such area where a software based +solution can't provide the full answer to low IRQ latency. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst b/Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a57235616294 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/ixp4xx.rst @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +=========================================================== +Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP4xx Network Processor +=========================================================== + +Maintained by Deepak Saxena +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +1. Overview + +Intel's IXP4xx network processor is a highly integrated SOC that +is targeted for network applications, though it has become popular +in industrial control and other areas due to low cost and power +consumption. The IXP4xx family currently consists of several processors +that support different network offload functions such as encryption, +routing, firewalling, etc. The IXP46x family is an updated version which +supports faster speeds, new memory and flash configurations, and more +integration such as an on-chip I2C controller. + +For more information on the various versions of the CPU, see: + + http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp4xx.htm + +Intel also made the IXCP1100 CPU for sometime which is an IXP4xx +stripped of much of the network intelligence. + +2. Linux Support + +Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips: + +- Dual serial ports +- PCI interface +- Flash access (MTD/JFFS) +- I2C through GPIO on IXP42x +- GPIO for input/output/interrupts + See arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/include/mach/platform.h for access functions. +- Timers (watchdog, OS) + +The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and +require the use of Intel's proprietary CSR software: + +- USB device interface +- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc) +- Network offload functionality + +If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's +software from: + + http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm + +DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY +SOFTWARE. + +There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using +Intel's software: + + - http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/ + Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries + + - http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/ + Simple one page summary of building a gateway using an IXP425 and Linux + + - http://ixp425.sourceforge.net/ + ATM device driver for IXP425 that relies on Intel's libraries + +3. Known Issues/Limitations + +3a. Limited inbound PCI window + +The IXP4xx family allows for up to 256MB of memory but the PCI interface +can only expose 64MB of that memory to the PCI bus. This means that if +you are running with > 64MB, all PCI buffers outside of the accessible +range will be bounced using the routines in arch/arm/common/dmabounce.c. + +3b. Limited outbound PCI window + +IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space: + +1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB). + To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR + into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl] + macros. This is the preffered method due to speed but it + limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be + problamatic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices. + +2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be + configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows + for up to 128MB (0x48000000 to 0x4fffffff) of memory on the bus. + The disadvantage of this is that every PCI access requires + three local register accesses plus a spinlock, but in some + cases the performance hit is acceptable. In addition, you cannot + mmap() PCI devices in this case due to the indirect nature + of the PCI window. + +By default, the direct method is used for performance reasons. If +you need more PCI memory, enable the IXP4XX_INDIRECT_PCI config option. + +3c. GPIO as Interrupts + +Currently the code only handles level-sensitive GPIO interrupts + +4. Supported platforms + +ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform +http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html + + The ADI Coyote platform is reference design for those building + small residential/office gateways. One NPE is connected to a 10/100 + interface, one to 4-port 10/100 switch, and the third to and ADSL + interface. In addition, it also supports to POTs interfaces connected + via SLICs. Note that those are not supported by Linux ATM. Finally, + the platform has two mini-PCI slots used for 802.11[bga] cards. + Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus. + +Gateworks Avila Network Platform +http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php + + The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots + replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off + the expansion bus. + +Intel IXDP425 Development Platform +http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm + + This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is + also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB + of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port. + +Intel IXDP465 Development Platform +http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm + + This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead + of just 16. + +Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform + + This is basically and ADI Coyote board with a NEC EHCI controller + added. One issue with this board is that the mini-PCI slots only + have the 3.3v line connected, so you can't use a PCI to mini-PCI + adapter with an E100 card. So to NFS root you need to use either + the CSR or a WiFi card and a ramdisk that BOOTPs and then does + a pivot_root to NFS. + +Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card +http://www.fountainsys.com + + The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into + and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply + contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be + plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only + supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform. + +5. TODO LIST + +- Add support for Coyote IDE +- Add support for edge-based GPIO interrupts +- Add support for CF IDE on expansion bus + +6. Thanks + +The IXP4xx work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc. + +The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc: + +- Lennerty Buytenhek +- Lutz Jaenicke +- Justin Mayfield +- Robert E. Ranslam + +[I know I've forgotten others, please email me to be added] + +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Last Update: 01/04/2005 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.rst b/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9bfb71a2a9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.rst @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +================ +Kernel mode NEON +================ + +TL;DR summary +------------- +* Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support + code +* Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with + '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp' +* Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your + NEON code +* Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with + preemption disabled + + +Introduction +------------ +It is possible to use NEON instructions (and in some cases, VFP instructions) in +code that runs in kernel mode. However, for performance reasons, the NEON/VFP +register file is not preserved and restored at every context switch or taken +exception like the normal register file is, so some manual intervention is +required. Furthermore, special care is required for code that may sleep [i.e., +may call schedule()], as NEON or VFP instructions will be executed in a +non-preemptible section for reasons outlined below. + + +Lazy preserve and restore +------------------------- +The NEON/VFP register file is managed using lazy preserve (on UP systems) and +lazy restore (on both SMP and UP systems). This means that the register file is +kept 'live', and is only preserved and restored when multiple tasks are +contending for the NEON/VFP unit (or, in the SMP case, when a task migrates to +another core). Lazy restore is implemented by disabling the NEON/VFP unit after +every context switch, resulting in a trap when subsequently a NEON/VFP +instruction is issued, allowing the kernel to step in and perform the restore if +necessary. + +Any use of the NEON/VFP unit in kernel mode should not interfere with this, so +it is required to do an 'eager' preserve of the NEON/VFP register file, and +enable the NEON/VFP unit explicitly so no exceptions are generated on first +subsequent use. This is handled by the function kernel_neon_begin(), which +should be called before any kernel mode NEON or VFP instructions are issued. +Likewise, the NEON/VFP unit should be disabled again after use to make sure user +mode will hit the lazy restore trap upon next use. This is handled by the +function kernel_neon_end(). + + +Interruptions in kernel mode +---------------------------- +For reasons of performance and simplicity, it was decided that there shall be no +preserve/restore mechanism for the kernel mode NEON/VFP register contents. This +implies that interruptions of a kernel mode NEON section can only be allowed if +they are guaranteed not to touch the NEON/VFP registers. For this reason, the +following rules and restrictions apply in the kernel: +* NEON/VFP code is not allowed in interrupt context; +* NEON/VFP code is not allowed to sleep; +* NEON/VFP code is executed with preemption disabled. + +If latency is a concern, it is possible to put back to back calls to +kernel_neon_end() and kernel_neon_begin() in places in your code where none of +the NEON registers are live. (Additional calls to kernel_neon_begin() should be +reasonably cheap if no context switch occurred in the meantime) + + +VFP and support code +-------------------- +Earlier versions of VFP (prior to version 3) rely on software support for things +like IEEE-754 compliant underflow handling etc. When the VFP unit needs such +software assistance, it signals the kernel by raising an undefined instruction +exception. The kernel responds by inspecting the VFP control registers and the +current instruction and arguments, and emulates the instruction in software. + +Such software assistance is currently not implemented for VFP instructions +executed in kernel mode. If such a condition is encountered, the kernel will +fail and generate an OOPS. + + +Separating NEON code from ordinary code +--------------------------------------- +The compiler is not aware of the special significance of kernel_neon_begin() and +kernel_neon_end(), i.e., that it is only allowed to issue NEON/VFP instructions +between calls to these respective functions. Furthermore, GCC may generate NEON +instructions of its own at -O3 level if -mfpu=neon is selected, and even if the +kernel is currently compiled at -O2, future changes may result in NEON/VFP +instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken. + +Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the +kernel is by adhering to the following rules: + +* isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with + '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'; +* issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls + into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not* + built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set. + +As the kernel is compiled with '-msoft-float', the above will guarantee that +both NEON and VFP instructions will only ever appear in designated compilation +units at any optimization level. + + +NEON assembler +-------------- +NEON assembler is supported with no additional caveats as long as the rules +above are followed. + + +NEON code generated by GCC +-------------------------- +The GCC option -ftree-vectorize (implied by -O3) tries to exploit implicit +parallelism, and generates NEON code from ordinary C source code. This is fully +supported as long as the rules above are followed. + + +NEON intrinsics +--------------- +NEON intrinsics are also supported. However, as code using NEON intrinsics +relies on the GCC header , (which #includes ), you should +observe the following in addition to the rules above: + +* Compile the unit containing the NEON intrinsics with '-ffreestanding' so GCC + uses its builtin version of (this is a C99 header which the kernel + does not supply); +* Include last, or at least after diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt b/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b9e060c5b61e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -Kernel mode NEON -================ - -TL;DR summary -------------- -* Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support - code -* Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with - '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp' -* Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your - NEON code -* Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with - preemption disabled - - -Introduction ------------- -It is possible to use NEON instructions (and in some cases, VFP instructions) in -code that runs in kernel mode. However, for performance reasons, the NEON/VFP -register file is not preserved and restored at every context switch or taken -exception like the normal register file is, so some manual intervention is -required. Furthermore, special care is required for code that may sleep [i.e., -may call schedule()], as NEON or VFP instructions will be executed in a -non-preemptible section for reasons outlined below. - - -Lazy preserve and restore -------------------------- -The NEON/VFP register file is managed using lazy preserve (on UP systems) and -lazy restore (on both SMP and UP systems). This means that the register file is -kept 'live', and is only preserved and restored when multiple tasks are -contending for the NEON/VFP unit (or, in the SMP case, when a task migrates to -another core). Lazy restore is implemented by disabling the NEON/VFP unit after -every context switch, resulting in a trap when subsequently a NEON/VFP -instruction is issued, allowing the kernel to step in and perform the restore if -necessary. - -Any use of the NEON/VFP unit in kernel mode should not interfere with this, so -it is required to do an 'eager' preserve of the NEON/VFP register file, and -enable the NEON/VFP unit explicitly so no exceptions are generated on first -subsequent use. This is handled by the function kernel_neon_begin(), which -should be called before any kernel mode NEON or VFP instructions are issued. -Likewise, the NEON/VFP unit should be disabled again after use to make sure user -mode will hit the lazy restore trap upon next use. This is handled by the -function kernel_neon_end(). - - -Interruptions in kernel mode ----------------------------- -For reasons of performance and simplicity, it was decided that there shall be no -preserve/restore mechanism for the kernel mode NEON/VFP register contents. This -implies that interruptions of a kernel mode NEON section can only be allowed if -they are guaranteed not to touch the NEON/VFP registers. For this reason, the -following rules and restrictions apply in the kernel: -* NEON/VFP code is not allowed in interrupt context; -* NEON/VFP code is not allowed to sleep; -* NEON/VFP code is executed with preemption disabled. - -If latency is a concern, it is possible to put back to back calls to -kernel_neon_end() and kernel_neon_begin() in places in your code where none of -the NEON registers are live. (Additional calls to kernel_neon_begin() should be -reasonably cheap if no context switch occurred in the meantime) - - -VFP and support code --------------------- -Earlier versions of VFP (prior to version 3) rely on software support for things -like IEEE-754 compliant underflow handling etc. When the VFP unit needs such -software assistance, it signals the kernel by raising an undefined instruction -exception. The kernel responds by inspecting the VFP control registers and the -current instruction and arguments, and emulates the instruction in software. - -Such software assistance is currently not implemented for VFP instructions -executed in kernel mode. If such a condition is encountered, the kernel will -fail and generate an OOPS. - - -Separating NEON code from ordinary code ---------------------------------------- -The compiler is not aware of the special significance of kernel_neon_begin() and -kernel_neon_end(), i.e., that it is only allowed to issue NEON/VFP instructions -between calls to these respective functions. Furthermore, GCC may generate NEON -instructions of its own at -O3 level if -mfpu=neon is selected, and even if the -kernel is currently compiled at -O2, future changes may result in NEON/VFP -instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken. - -Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the -kernel is by adhering to the following rules: -* isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with - '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'; -* issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls - into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not* - built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set. - -As the kernel is compiled with '-msoft-float', the above will guarantee that -both NEON and VFP instructions will only ever appear in designated compilation -units at any optimization level. - - -NEON assembler --------------- -NEON assembler is supported with no additional caveats as long as the rules -above are followed. - - -NEON code generated by GCC --------------------------- -The GCC option -ftree-vectorize (implied by -O3) tries to exploit implicit -parallelism, and generates NEON code from ordinary C source code. This is fully -supported as long as the rules above are followed. - - -NEON intrinsics ---------------- -NEON intrinsics are also supported. However, as code using NEON intrinsics -relies on the GCC header , (which #includes ), you should -observe the following in addition to the rules above: -* Compile the unit containing the NEON intrinsics with '-ffreestanding' so GCC - uses its builtin version of (this is a C99 header which the kernel - does not supply); -* Include last, or at least after diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eb6f3d916622 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +============================ +Kernel-provided User Helpers +============================ + +These are segment of kernel provided user code reachable from user space +at a fixed address in kernel memory. This is used to provide user space +with some operations which require kernel help because of unimplemented +native feature and/or instructions in many ARM CPUs. The idea is for this +code to be executed directly in user mode for best efficiency but which is +too intimate with the kernel counter part to be left to user libraries. +In fact this code might even differ from one CPU to another depending on +the available instruction set, or whether it is a SMP systems. In other +words, the kernel reserves the right to change this code as needed without +warning. Only the entry points and their results as documented here are +guaranteed to be stable. + +This is different from (but doesn't preclude) a full blown VDSO +implementation, however a VDSO would prevent some assembly tricks with +constants that allows for efficient branching to those code segments. And +since those code segments only use a few cycles before returning to user +code, the overhead of a VDSO indirect far call would add a measurable +overhead to such minimalistic operations. + +User space is expected to bypass those helpers and implement those things +inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of +the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough +processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting +binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to +usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words +don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake +of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to +use new instructions for other purpose. + +New helpers may be added over time, so an older kernel may be missing some +helpers present in a newer kernel. For this reason, programs must check +the value of __kuser_helper_version (see below) before assuming that it is +safe to call any particular helper. This check should ideally be +performed only once at process startup time, and execution aborted early +if the required helpers are not provided by the kernel version that +process is running on. + +kuser_helper_version +-------------------- + +Location: 0xffff0ffc + +Reference declaration:: + + extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version; + +Definition: + + This field contains the number of helpers being implemented by the + running kernel. User space may read this to determine the availability + of a particular helper. + +Usage example:: + + #define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc) + + void check_kuser_version(void) + { + if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) { + fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n"); + abort(); + } + } + +Notes: + + User space may assume that the value of this field never changes + during the lifetime of any single process. This means that this + field can be read once during the initialisation of a library or + startup phase of a program. + +kuser_get_tls +------------- + +Location: 0xffff0fe0 + +Reference prototype:: + + void * __kuser_get_tls(void); + +Input: + + lr = return address + +Output: + + r0 = TLS value + +Clobbered registers: + + none + +Definition: + + Get the TLS value as previously set via the __ARM_NR_set_tls syscall. + +Usage example:: + + typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void); + #define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0) + + void foo() + { + void *tls = __kuser_get_tls(); + printf("TLS = %p\n", tls); + } + +Notes: + + - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 1 (from kernel version 2.6.12). + +kuser_cmpxchg +------------- + +Location: 0xffff0fc0 + +Reference prototype:: + + int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr); + +Input: + + r0 = oldval + r1 = newval + r2 = ptr + lr = return address + +Output: + + r0 = success code (zero or non-zero) + C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0 + +Clobbered registers: + + r3, ip, flags + +Definition: + + Atomically store newval in `*ptr` only if `*ptr` is equal to oldval. + Return zero if `*ptr` was changed or non-zero if no exchange happened. + The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly + optimization in the calling code. + +Usage example:: + + typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr); + #define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0) + + int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val) + { + int old, new; + + do { + old = *ptr; + new = old + val; + } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr)); + + return new; + } + +Notes: + + - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed. + + - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 2 (from kernel version 2.6.12). + +kuser_memory_barrier +-------------------- + +Location: 0xffff0fa0 + +Reference prototype:: + + void __kuser_memory_barrier(void); + +Input: + + lr = return address + +Output: + + none + +Clobbered registers: + + none + +Definition: + + Apply any needed memory barrier to preserve consistency with data modified + manually and __kuser_cmpxchg usage. + +Usage example:: + + typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void); + #define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0) + +Notes: + + - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 3 (from kernel version 2.6.15). + +kuser_cmpxchg64 +--------------- + +Location: 0xffff0f60 + +Reference prototype:: + + int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval, + const int64_t *newval, + volatile int64_t *ptr); + +Input: + + r0 = pointer to oldval + r1 = pointer to newval + r2 = pointer to target value + lr = return address + +Output: + + r0 = success code (zero or non-zero) + C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0 + +Clobbered registers: + + r3, lr, flags + +Definition: + + Atomically store the 64-bit value pointed by `*newval` in `*ptr` only if `*ptr` + is equal to the 64-bit value pointed by `*oldval`. Return zero if `*ptr` was + changed or non-zero if no exchange happened. + + The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly + optimization in the calling code. + +Usage example:: + + typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval, + const int64_t *newval, + volatile int64_t *ptr); + #define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60) + + int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val) + { + int64_t old, new; + + do { + old = *ptr; + new = old + val; + } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr)); + + return new; + } + +Notes: + + - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed. + + - Due to the length of this sequence, this spans 2 conventional kuser + "slots", therefore 0xffff0f80 is not used as a valid entry point. + + - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 5 (from kernel version 3.1). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5673594717cf..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,267 +0,0 @@ -Kernel-provided User Helpers -============================ - -These are segment of kernel provided user code reachable from user space -at a fixed address in kernel memory. This is used to provide user space -with some operations which require kernel help because of unimplemented -native feature and/or instructions in many ARM CPUs. The idea is for this -code to be executed directly in user mode for best efficiency but which is -too intimate with the kernel counter part to be left to user libraries. -In fact this code might even differ from one CPU to another depending on -the available instruction set, or whether it is a SMP systems. In other -words, the kernel reserves the right to change this code as needed without -warning. Only the entry points and their results as documented here are -guaranteed to be stable. - -This is different from (but doesn't preclude) a full blown VDSO -implementation, however a VDSO would prevent some assembly tricks with -constants that allows for efficient branching to those code segments. And -since those code segments only use a few cycles before returning to user -code, the overhead of a VDSO indirect far call would add a measurable -overhead to such minimalistic operations. - -User space is expected to bypass those helpers and implement those things -inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of -the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough -processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting -binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to -usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words -don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake -of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to -use new instructions for other purpose. - -New helpers may be added over time, so an older kernel may be missing some -helpers present in a newer kernel. For this reason, programs must check -the value of __kuser_helper_version (see below) before assuming that it is -safe to call any particular helper. This check should ideally be -performed only once at process startup time, and execution aborted early -if the required helpers are not provided by the kernel version that -process is running on. - -kuser_helper_version --------------------- - -Location: 0xffff0ffc - -Reference declaration: - - extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version; - -Definition: - - This field contains the number of helpers being implemented by the - running kernel. User space may read this to determine the availability - of a particular helper. - -Usage example: - -#define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc) - -void check_kuser_version(void) -{ - if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) { - fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n"); - abort(); - } -} - -Notes: - - User space may assume that the value of this field never changes - during the lifetime of any single process. This means that this - field can be read once during the initialisation of a library or - startup phase of a program. - -kuser_get_tls -------------- - -Location: 0xffff0fe0 - -Reference prototype: - - void * __kuser_get_tls(void); - -Input: - - lr = return address - -Output: - - r0 = TLS value - -Clobbered registers: - - none - -Definition: - - Get the TLS value as previously set via the __ARM_NR_set_tls syscall. - -Usage example: - -typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void); -#define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0) - -void foo() -{ - void *tls = __kuser_get_tls(); - printf("TLS = %p\n", tls); -} - -Notes: - - - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 1 (from kernel version 2.6.12). - -kuser_cmpxchg -------------- - -Location: 0xffff0fc0 - -Reference prototype: - - int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr); - -Input: - - r0 = oldval - r1 = newval - r2 = ptr - lr = return address - -Output: - - r0 = success code (zero or non-zero) - C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0 - -Clobbered registers: - - r3, ip, flags - -Definition: - - Atomically store newval in *ptr only if *ptr is equal to oldval. - Return zero if *ptr was changed or non-zero if no exchange happened. - The C flag is also set if *ptr was changed to allow for assembly - optimization in the calling code. - -Usage example: - -typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr); -#define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0) - -int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val) -{ - int old, new; - - do { - old = *ptr; - new = old + val; - } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr)); - - return new; -} - -Notes: - - - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed. - - - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 2 (from kernel version 2.6.12). - -kuser_memory_barrier --------------------- - -Location: 0xffff0fa0 - -Reference prototype: - - void __kuser_memory_barrier(void); - -Input: - - lr = return address - -Output: - - none - -Clobbered registers: - - none - -Definition: - - Apply any needed memory barrier to preserve consistency with data modified - manually and __kuser_cmpxchg usage. - -Usage example: - -typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void); -#define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0) - -Notes: - - - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 3 (from kernel version 2.6.15). - -kuser_cmpxchg64 ---------------- - -Location: 0xffff0f60 - -Reference prototype: - - int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval, - const int64_t *newval, - volatile int64_t *ptr); - -Input: - - r0 = pointer to oldval - r1 = pointer to newval - r2 = pointer to target value - lr = return address - -Output: - - r0 = success code (zero or non-zero) - C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0 - -Clobbered registers: - - r3, lr, flags - -Definition: - - Atomically store the 64-bit value pointed by *newval in *ptr only if *ptr - is equal to the 64-bit value pointed by *oldval. Return zero if *ptr was - changed or non-zero if no exchange happened. - - The C flag is also set if *ptr was changed to allow for assembly - optimization in the calling code. - -Usage example: - -typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval, - const int64_t *newval, - volatile int64_t *ptr); -#define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60) - -int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val) -{ - int64_t old, new; - - do { - old = *ptr; - new = old + val; - } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr)); - - return new; -} - -Notes: - - - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed. - - - Due to the length of this sequence, this spans 2 conventional kuser - "slots", therefore 0xffff0f80 is not used as a valid entry point. - - - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 5 (from kernel version 3.1). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/keystone/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/keystone/Overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 400c0c270d2e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/keystone/Overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ - TI Keystone Linux Overview - -------------------------- - -Introduction ------------- -Keystone range of SoCs are based on ARM Cortex-A15 MPCore Processors -and c66x DSP cores. This document describes essential information required -for users to run Linux on Keystone based EVMs from Texas Instruments. - -Following SoCs & EVMs are currently supported:- - ------------- K2HK SoC and EVM -------------------------------------------------- - -a.k.a Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler SoC -TCI6636K2H & TCI6636K2K: See documentation at - http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2k - http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2h - -EVM: -http://www.advantech.com/Support/TI-EVM/EVMK2HX_sd.aspx - ------------- K2E SoC and EVM --------------------------------------------------- - -a.k.a Keystone 2 Edison SoC -K2E - 66AK2E05: See documentation at - http://www.ti.com/product/66AK2E05/technicaldocuments - -EVM: -https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2e-evm.html - ------------- K2L SoC and EVM --------------------------------------------------- - -a.k.a Keystone 2 Lamarr SoC -K2L - TCI6630K2L: See documentation at - http://www.ti.com/product/TCI6630K2L/technicaldocuments -EVM: -https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2l-evm.html - -Configuration -------------- - -All of the K2 SoCs/EVMs share a common defconfig, keystone_defconfig and same -image is used to boot on individual EVMs. The platform configuration is -specified through DTS. Following are the DTS used:- - K2HK EVM : k2hk-evm.dts - K2E EVM : k2e-evm.dts - K2L EVM : k2l-evm.dts - -The device tree documentation for the keystone machines are located at - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt - -Document Author ---------------- -Murali Karicheri -Copyright 2015 Texas Instruments diff --git a/Documentation/arm/keystone/knav-qmss.rst b/Documentation/arm/keystone/knav-qmss.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7f7638d80b42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/keystone/knav-qmss.rst @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +====================================================================== +Texas Instruments Keystone Navigator Queue Management SubSystem driver +====================================================================== + +Driver source code path + drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.c + drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c + +The QMSS (Queue Manager Sub System) found on Keystone SOCs is one of +the main hardware sub system which forms the backbone of the Keystone +multi-core Navigator. QMSS consist of queue managers, packed-data structure +processors(PDSP), linking RAM, descriptor pools and infrastructure +Packet DMA. +The Queue Manager is a hardware module that is responsible for accelerating +management of the packet queues. Packets are queued/de-queued by writing or +reading descriptor address to a particular memory mapped location. The PDSPs +perform QMSS related functions like accumulation, QoS, or event management. +Linking RAM registers are used to link the descriptors which are stored in +descriptor RAM. Descriptor RAM is configurable as internal or external memory. +The QMSS driver manages the PDSP setups, linking RAM regions, +queue pool management (allocation, push, pop and notify) and descriptor +pool management. + +knav qmss driver provides a set of APIs to drivers to open/close qmss queues, +allocate descriptor pools, map the descriptors, push/pop to queues etc. For +details of the available APIs, please refers to include/linux/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h + +DT documentation is available at +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt + +Accumulator QMSS queues using PDSP firmware +============================================ +The QMSS PDSP firmware support accumulator channel that can monitor a single +queue or multiple contiguous queues. drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c is the +driver that interface with the accumulator PDSP. This configures +accumulator channels defined in DTS (example in DT documentation) to monitor +1 or 32 queues per channel. More description on the firmware is available in +CPPI/QMSS Low Level Driver document (docs/CPPI_QMSS_LLD_SDS.pdf) at + + git://git.ti.com/keystone-rtos/qmss-lld.git + +k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin firmware supports upto 48 accumulator +channels. This firmware is available under ti-keystone folder of +firmware.git at + + git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git + +To use copy the firmware image to lib/firmware folder of the initramfs or +ubifs file system and provide a sym link to k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin +in the file system and boot up the kernel. User would see + + "firmware file ks2_qmss_pdsp_acc48.bin downloaded for PDSP" + +in the boot up log if loading of firmware to PDSP is successful. + +Use of accumulated queues requires the firmware image to be present in the +file system. The driver doesn't acc queues to the supported queue range if +PDSP is not running in the SoC. The API call fails if there is a queue open +request to an acc queue and PDSP is not running. So make sure to copy firmware +to file system before using these queue types. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/keystone/knav-qmss.txt b/Documentation/arm/keystone/knav-qmss.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fcdb9fd5f53a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/keystone/knav-qmss.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -* Texas Instruments Keystone Navigator Queue Management SubSystem driver - -Driver source code path - drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.c - drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c - -The QMSS (Queue Manager Sub System) found on Keystone SOCs is one of -the main hardware sub system which forms the backbone of the Keystone -multi-core Navigator. QMSS consist of queue managers, packed-data structure -processors(PDSP), linking RAM, descriptor pools and infrastructure -Packet DMA. -The Queue Manager is a hardware module that is responsible for accelerating -management of the packet queues. Packets are queued/de-queued by writing or -reading descriptor address to a particular memory mapped location. The PDSPs -perform QMSS related functions like accumulation, QoS, or event management. -Linking RAM registers are used to link the descriptors which are stored in -descriptor RAM. Descriptor RAM is configurable as internal or external memory. -The QMSS driver manages the PDSP setups, linking RAM regions, -queue pool management (allocation, push, pop and notify) and descriptor -pool management. - -knav qmss driver provides a set of APIs to drivers to open/close qmss queues, -allocate descriptor pools, map the descriptors, push/pop to queues etc. For -details of the available APIs, please refers to include/linux/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h - -DT documentation is available at -Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt - -Accumulator QMSS queues using PDSP firmware -============================================ -The QMSS PDSP firmware support accumulator channel that can monitor a single -queue or multiple contiguous queues. drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c is the -driver that interface with the accumulator PDSP. This configures -accumulator channels defined in DTS (example in DT documentation) to monitor -1 or 32 queues per channel. More description on the firmware is available in -CPPI/QMSS Low Level Driver document (docs/CPPI_QMSS_LLD_SDS.pdf) at - git://git.ti.com/keystone-rtos/qmss-lld.git - -k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin firmware supports upto 48 accumulator -channels. This firmware is available under ti-keystone folder of -firmware.git at - git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git - -To use copy the firmware image to lib/firmware folder of the initramfs or -ubifs file system and provide a sym link to k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin -in the file system and boot up the kernel. User would see - - "firmware file ks2_qmss_pdsp_acc48.bin downloaded for PDSP" - -in the boot up log if loading of firmware to PDSP is successful. - -Use of accumulated queues requires the firmware image to be present in the -file system. The driver doesn't acc queues to the supported queue range if -PDSP is not running in the SoC. The API call fails if there is a queue open -request to an acc queue and PDSP is not running. So make sure to copy firmware -to file system before using these queue types. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/keystone/overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/keystone/overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cd90298c493c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/keystone/overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +========================== +TI Keystone Linux Overview +========================== + +Introduction +------------ +Keystone range of SoCs are based on ARM Cortex-A15 MPCore Processors +and c66x DSP cores. This document describes essential information required +for users to run Linux on Keystone based EVMs from Texas Instruments. + +Following SoCs & EVMs are currently supported:- + +K2HK SoC and EVM +================= + +a.k.a Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler SoC +TCI6636K2H & TCI6636K2K: See documentation at + + http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2k + http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2h + +EVM: + http://www.advantech.com/Support/TI-EVM/EVMK2HX_sd.aspx + +K2E SoC and EVM +=============== + +a.k.a Keystone 2 Edison SoC + +K2E - 66AK2E05: + +See documentation at + + http://www.ti.com/product/66AK2E05/technicaldocuments + +EVM: + https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2e-evm.html + +K2L SoC and EVM +=============== + +a.k.a Keystone 2 Lamarr SoC + +K2L - TCI6630K2L: + +See documentation at + http://www.ti.com/product/TCI6630K2L/technicaldocuments + +EVM: + https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2l-evm.html + +Configuration +------------- + +All of the K2 SoCs/EVMs share a common defconfig, keystone_defconfig and same +image is used to boot on individual EVMs. The platform configuration is +specified through DTS. Following are the DTS used: + + K2HK EVM: + k2hk-evm.dts + K2E EVM: + k2e-evm.dts + K2L EVM: + k2l-evm.dts + +The device tree documentation for the keystone machines are located at + + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt + +Document Author +--------------- +Murali Karicheri + +Copyright 2015 Texas Instruments diff --git a/Documentation/arm/marvel.rst b/Documentation/arm/marvel.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..16ab2eb085b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/marvel.rst @@ -0,0 +1,488 @@ +================ +ARM Marvell SoCs +================ + +This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently +supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of +SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support +for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document +tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to +match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available. + +Orion family +------------ + + Flavors: + - 88F5082 + - 88F5181 + - 88F5181L + - 88F5182 + + - Datasheet: http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf + - Programmer's User Guide: http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf + - User Manual: http://www.embeddedarm.com/documentation/third-party/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf + - 88F5281 + + - Datasheet: http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf + - 88F6183 + Core: + Feroceon 88fr331 (88f51xx) or 88fr531-vd (88f52xx) ARMv5 compatible + Linux kernel mach directory: + arch/arm/mach-orion5x + Linux kernel plat directory: + arch/arm/plat-orion + +Kirkwood family +--------------- + + Flavors: + - 88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300 + + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf + - 88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310 + + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf + - 88F6190 + + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf + - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf + - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf + - 88F6192 + + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf + - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf + - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf + - 88F6182 + - 88F6180 + + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf + - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf + - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf + - 88F6281 + + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf + - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf + - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf + Homepage: + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/ + Core: + Feroceon 88fr131 ARMv5 compatible + Linux kernel mach directory: + arch/arm/mach-mvebu + Linux kernel plat directory: + none + +Discovery family +---------------- + + Flavors: + - MV78100 + + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf + - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf + - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf + - MV78200 + + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf + - Hardware Spec : http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf + - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf + - MV76100 + + Not supported by the Linux kernel. + + Core: + Feroceon 88fr571-vd ARMv5 compatible + + Linux kernel mach directory: + arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0 + Linux kernel plat directory: + arch/arm/plat-orion + +EBU Armada family +----------------- + + Armada 370 Flavors: + - 88F6710 + - 88F6707 + - 88F6W11 + + - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf + - Hardware Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf + - Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf + + Core: + Sheeva ARMv7 compatible PJ4B + + Armada 375 Flavors: + - 88F6720 + + - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf + + Core: + ARM Cortex-A9 + + Armada 38x Flavors: + - 88F6810 Armada 380 + - 88F6820 Armada 385 + - 88F6828 Armada 388 + + - Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/ + - Functional Spec: https://marvellcorp.wufoo.com/forms/marvell-armada-38x-functional-specifications/ + + Core: + ARM Cortex-A9 + + Armada 39x Flavors: + - 88F6920 Armada 390 + - 88F6928 Armada 398 + + - Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/ + + Core: + ARM Cortex-A9 + + Armada XP Flavors: + - MV78230 + - MV78260 + - MV78460 + + NOTE: + not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs + + Product Brief: + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf + + Functional Spec: + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf + + - Hardware Specs: + + - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF + - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF + - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF + + Core: + Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Dual-core or Quad-core PJ4B-MP + + Linux kernel mach directory: + arch/arm/mach-mvebu + Linux kernel plat directory: + none + +EBU Armada family ARMv8 +----------------------- + + Armada 3710/3720 Flavors: + - 88F3710 + - 88F3720 + + Core: + ARM Cortex A53 (ARMv8) + + Homepage: + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/ + + Product Brief: + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/PB-88F3700-FNL.pdf + + Device tree files: + arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37* + + Armada 7K Flavors: + - 88F7020 (AP806 Dual + one CP110) + - 88F7040 (AP806 Quad + one CP110) + + Core: ARM Cortex A72 + + Homepage: + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-70xx/ + + Product Brief: + - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7020PB-Jan2016.pdf + - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7040PB-Jan2016.pdf + + Device tree files: + arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-70* + + Armada 8K Flavors: + - 88F8020 (AP806 Dual + two CP110) + - 88F8040 (AP806 Quad + two CP110) + Core: + ARM Cortex A72 + + Homepage: + http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-80xx/ + + Product Brief: + - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8020PB-Jan2016.pdf + - http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8040PB-Jan2016.pdf + + Device tree files: + arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-80* + +Avanta family +------------- + + Flavors: + - 88F6510 + - 88F6530P + - 88F6550 + - 88F6560 + + Homepage: + http://www.marvell.com/broadband/ + + Product Brief: + http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf + + No public datasheet available. + + Core: + ARMv5 compatible + + Linux kernel mach directory: + no code in mainline yet, planned for the future + Linux kernel plat directory: + no code in mainline yet, planned for the future + +Storage family +-------------- + + Armada SP: + - 88RC1580 + + Product infos: + http://www.marvell.com/storage/armada-sp/ + + Core: + Sheeva ARMv7 comatible Quad-core PJ4C + + (not supported in upstream Linux kernel) + +Dove family (application processor) +----------------------------------- + + Flavors: + - 88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510 + + Product Brief: + http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf + + Hardware Spec: + http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf + + Functional Spec: + http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf + + Homepage: + http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/ + + Core: + ARMv7 compatible + + Directory: + - arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms) + - arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms) + +PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family +-------------------------- + + Flavors: + - PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x + - Application processor only + - Core: ARMv5 XScale1 core + - PXA270, PXA271, PXA272 + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf + - Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf + - Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf + - Specification : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf + - Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf + - Application processor only + - Core: ARMv5 XScale2 core + - PXA300, PXA310, PXA320 + - PXA 300 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf + - PXA 310 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf + - PXA 320 Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf + - Design guide : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf + - Developers manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip + - Specifications : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf + - Specification Update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip + - Reference Manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf + - Application processor only + - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core + - PXA930, PXA935 + - Application processor with Communication processor + - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core + - PXA955 + - Application processor with Communication processor + - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core + + Comments: + + * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by + Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x, + PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while + the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell. + + * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in + common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell + SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs. + + Linux kernel mach directory: + arch/arm/mach-pxa + Linux kernel plat directory: + arch/arm/plat-pxa + +MMP/MMP2/MMP3 family (communication processor) +---------------------------------------------- + + Flavors: + - PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168 + - Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp + - Product brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf + - Hardware manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf + - Software manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf + - Specification update : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf + - Boot ROM manual : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf + - App node package : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf + - Application processor only + - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk) + - PXA910/PXA920 + - Homepage : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/ + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/assets/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB_final.pdf + - Application processor with Communication processor + - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk) + - PXA688, a.k.a. MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610 + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf + - Application processor only + - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x core + - PXA2128, a.k.a. MMP3 (OLPC XO4, Linux support not upstream) + - Product Brief : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada/pxa2128/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-PXA2128-SoC-PB.pdf + - Application processor only + - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4C core + - PXA960/PXA968/PXA978 (Linux support not upstream) + - Application processor with Communication Processor + - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core + - PXA986/PXA988 (Linux support not upstream) + - Application processor with Communication Processor + - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4B-MP core + - PXA1088/PXA1920 (Linux support not upstream) + - Application processor with Communication Processor + - Core: quad-core ARMv7 Cortex-A7 + - PXA1908/PXA1928/PXA1936 + - Application processor with Communication Processor + - Core: multi-core ARMv8 Cortex-A53 + + Comments: + + * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by + Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of + this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell. + + * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in + common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell + SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above. + + Linux kernel mach directory: + arch/arm/mach-mmp + Linux kernel plat directory: + arch/arm/plat-pxa + +Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions) +------------------------------------- + + - Flavors: + - 88DE3010, Armada 1000 (no Linux support) + - Core: Marvell PJ1 (ARMv5TE), Dual-core + - Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com.cn/digital-entertainment/assets/armada_1000_pb.pdf + - 88DE3005, Armada 1500 Mini + - Design name: BG2CD + - Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC + - 88DE3006, Armada 1500 Mini Plus + - Design name: BG2CDP + - Core: Dual Core ARM Cortex-A7 + - 88DE3100, Armada 1500 + - Design name: BG2 + - Core: Marvell PJ4B-MP (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC + - 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro + - Design name: BG2Q + - Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC + - 88DE3214, Armada 1500 Pro 4K + - Design name: BG3 + - Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC + - 88DE3218, ARMADA 1500 Ultra + - Core: ARM Cortex-A53 + + Homepage: https://www.synaptics.com/products/multimedia-solutions + Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin + + Comments: + + * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs + with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...). + + * The Berlin family was acquired by Synaptics from Marvell in 2017. + +CPU Cores +--------- + +The XScale cores were designed by Intel, and shipped by Marvell in the older +PXA processors. Feroceon is a Marvell designed core that developed in-house, +and that evolved into Sheeva. The XScale and Feroceon cores were phased out +over time and replaced with Sheeva cores in later products, which subsequently +got replaced with licensed ARM Cortex-A cores. + + XScale 1 + CPUID 0x69052xxx + ARMv5, iWMMXt + XScale 2 + CPUID 0x69054xxx + ARMv5, iWMMXt + XScale 3 + CPUID 0x69056xxx or 0x69056xxx + ARMv5, iWMMXt + Feroceon-1850 88fr331 "Mohawk" + CPUID 0x5615331x or 0x41xx926x + ARMv5TE, single issue + Feroceon-2850 88fr531-vd "Jolteon" + CPUID 0x5605531x or 0x41xx926x + ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue + Feroceon 88fr571-vd "Jolteon" + CPUID 0x5615571x + ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue + Feroceon 88fr131 "Mohawk-D" + CPUID 0x5625131x + ARMv5TE, single-issue in-order + Sheeva PJ1 88sv331 "Mohawk" + CPUID 0x561584xx + ARMv5, single-issue iWMMXt v2 + Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x "Flareon" + CPUID 0x560f581x + ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2 + Sheeva PJ4B 88sv581x + CPUID 0x561f581x + ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2 + Sheeva PJ4B-MP / PJ4C + CPUID 0x562f584x + ARMv7, idivt/idiva, LPAE, optional iWMMXt v2 and/or NEON + +Long-term plans +--------------- + + * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the + mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering + Business Unit) in a single mach- directory. The plat-orion/ + would therefore disappear. + + * Unify the mach-mmp/ and mach-pxa/ into the same mach-pxa + directory. The plat-pxa/ would therefore disappear. + +Credits +------- + +- Maen Suleiman +- Lior Amsalem +- Thomas Petazzoni +- Andrew Lunn +- Nicolas Pitre +- Eric Miao diff --git a/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment b/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment deleted file mode 100644 index e110e2781039..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -Too many problems popped up because of unnoticed misaligned memory access in -kernel code lately. Therefore the alignment fixup is now unconditionally -configured in for SA11x0 based targets. According to Alan Cox, this is a -bad idea to configure it out, but Russell King has some good reasons for -doing so on some f***ed up ARM architectures like the EBSA110. However -this is not the case on many design I'm aware of, like all SA11x0 based -ones. - -Of course this is a bad idea to rely on the alignment trap to perform -unaligned memory access in general. If those access are predictable, you -are better to use the macros provided by include/asm/unaligned.h. The -alignment trap can fixup misaligned access for the exception cases, but at -a high performance cost. It better be rare. - -Now for user space applications, it is possible to configure the alignment -trap to SIGBUS any code performing unaligned access (good for debugging bad -code), or even fixup the access by software like for kernel code. The later -mode isn't recommended for performance reasons (just think about the -floating point emulation that works about the same way). Fix your code -instead! - -Please note that randomly changing the behaviour without good thought is -real bad - it changes the behaviour of all unaligned instructions in user -space, and might cause programs to fail unexpectedly. - -To change the alignment trap behavior, simply echo a number into -/proc/cpu/alignment. The number is made up from various bits: - -bit behavior when set ---- ----------------- - -0 A user process performing an unaligned memory access - will cause the kernel to print a message indicating - process name, pid, pc, instruction, address, and the - fault code. - -1 The kernel will attempt to fix up the user process - performing the unaligned access. This is of course - slow (think about the floating point emulator) and - not recommended for production use. - -2 The kernel will send a SIGBUS signal to the user process - performing the unaligned access. - -Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5. -(6 and 7 don't make sense). - -For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without -fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals: - - echo 1 > /proc/cpu/alignment - -You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical -information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of -operation for user space code. - - -Nicolas Pitre, Mar 13, 2001. Modified Russell King, Nov 30, 2001. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment.rst b/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..aa22893b62bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment.rst @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +================ +Memory alignment +================ + +Too many problems popped up because of unnoticed misaligned memory access in +kernel code lately. Therefore the alignment fixup is now unconditionally +configured in for SA11x0 based targets. According to Alan Cox, this is a +bad idea to configure it out, but Russell King has some good reasons for +doing so on some f***ed up ARM architectures like the EBSA110. However +this is not the case on many design I'm aware of, like all SA11x0 based +ones. + +Of course this is a bad idea to rely on the alignment trap to perform +unaligned memory access in general. If those access are predictable, you +are better to use the macros provided by include/asm/unaligned.h. The +alignment trap can fixup misaligned access for the exception cases, but at +a high performance cost. It better be rare. + +Now for user space applications, it is possible to configure the alignment +trap to SIGBUS any code performing unaligned access (good for debugging bad +code), or even fixup the access by software like for kernel code. The later +mode isn't recommended for performance reasons (just think about the +floating point emulation that works about the same way). Fix your code +instead! + +Please note that randomly changing the behaviour without good thought is +real bad - it changes the behaviour of all unaligned instructions in user +space, and might cause programs to fail unexpectedly. + +To change the alignment trap behavior, simply echo a number into +/proc/cpu/alignment. The number is made up from various bits: + +=== ======================================================== +bit behavior when set +=== ======================================================== +0 A user process performing an unaligned memory access + will cause the kernel to print a message indicating + process name, pid, pc, instruction, address, and the + fault code. + +1 The kernel will attempt to fix up the user process + performing the unaligned access. This is of course + slow (think about the floating point emulator) and + not recommended for production use. + +2 The kernel will send a SIGBUS signal to the user process + performing the unaligned access. +=== ======================================================== + +Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5. +(6 and 7 don't make sense). + +For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without +fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals:: + + echo 1 > /proc/cpu/alignment + +You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical +information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of +operation for user space code. + + +Nicolas Pitre, Mar 13, 2001. Modified Russell King, Nov 30, 2001. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/memory.rst b/Documentation/arm/memory.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0521b4ce5c96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/memory.rst @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +================================= +Kernel Memory Layout on ARM Linux +================================= + + Russell King + + November 17, 2005 (2.6.15) + +This document describes the virtual memory layout which the Linux +kernel uses for ARM processors. It indicates which regions are +free for platforms to use, and which are used by generic code. + +The ARM CPU is capable of addressing a maximum of 4GB virtual memory +space, and this must be shared between user space processes, the +kernel, and hardware devices. + +As the ARM architecture matures, it becomes necessary to reserve +certain regions of VM space for use for new facilities; therefore +this document may reserve more VM space over time. + +=============== =============== =============================================== +Start End Use +=============== =============== =============================================== +ffff8000 ffffffff copy_user_page / clear_user_page use. + For SA11xx and Xscale, this is used to + setup a minicache mapping. + +ffff4000 ffffffff cache aliasing on ARMv6 and later CPUs. + +ffff1000 ffff7fff Reserved. + Platforms must not use this address range. + +ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page. + The CPU vectors are mapped here if the + CPU supports vector relocation (control + register V bit.) + +fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used + in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data + cache. (XScale does not have TCM.) + +fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with + DTCM mounted inside the CPU. + +fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with + ITCM mounted inside the CPU. + +ffc00000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided + by fix_to_virt() will be located here. + +fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static + mapping within the vmalloc space. + +VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space. + Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will + be dynamically placed in this region. + Machine specific static mappings are also + located here through iotable_init(). + VMALLOC_START is based upon the value + of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END + is equal to 0xff800000. + +PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region. + This maps the platforms RAM, and typically + maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship. + +PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings + One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel + space. + +MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space + Kernel modules inserted via insmod are + placed here using dynamic mappings. + +00001000 TASK_SIZE-1 User space mappings + Per-thread mappings are placed here via + the mmap() system call. + +00000000 00000fff CPU vector page / null pointer trap + CPUs which do not support vector remapping + place their vector page here. NULL pointer + dereferences by both the kernel and user + space are also caught via this mapping. +=============== =============== =============================================== + +Please note that mappings which collide with the above areas may result +in a non-bootable kernel, or may cause the kernel to (eventually) panic +at run time. + +Since future CPUs may impact the kernel mapping layout, user programs +must not access any memory which is not mapped inside their 0x0001000 +to TASK_SIZE address range. If they wish to access these areas, they +must set up their own mappings using open() and mmap(). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm/memory.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 546a39048eb0..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/memory.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ - Kernel Memory Layout on ARM Linux - - Russell King - November 17, 2005 (2.6.15) - -This document describes the virtual memory layout which the Linux -kernel uses for ARM processors. It indicates which regions are -free for platforms to use, and which are used by generic code. - -The ARM CPU is capable of addressing a maximum of 4GB virtual memory -space, and this must be shared between user space processes, the -kernel, and hardware devices. - -As the ARM architecture matures, it becomes necessary to reserve -certain regions of VM space for use for new facilities; therefore -this document may reserve more VM space over time. - -Start End Use --------------------------------------------------------------------------- -ffff8000 ffffffff copy_user_page / clear_user_page use. - For SA11xx and Xscale, this is used to - setup a minicache mapping. - -ffff4000 ffffffff cache aliasing on ARMv6 and later CPUs. - -ffff1000 ffff7fff Reserved. - Platforms must not use this address range. - -ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page. - The CPU vectors are mapped here if the - CPU supports vector relocation (control - register V bit.) - -fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used - in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data - cache. (XScale does not have TCM.) - -fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with - DTCM mounted inside the CPU. - -fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with - ITCM mounted inside the CPU. - -ffc00000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided - by fix_to_virt() will be located here. - -fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static - mapping within the vmalloc space. - -VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space. - Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will - be dynamically placed in this region. - Machine specific static mappings are also - located here through iotable_init(). - VMALLOC_START is based upon the value - of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END - is equal to 0xff800000. - -PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region. - This maps the platforms RAM, and typically - maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship. - -PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings - One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel - space. - -MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space - Kernel modules inserted via insmod are - placed here using dynamic mappings. - -00001000 TASK_SIZE-1 User space mappings - Per-thread mappings are placed here via - the mmap() system call. - -00000000 00000fff CPU vector page / null pointer trap - CPUs which do not support vector remapping - place their vector page here. NULL pointer - dereferences by both the kernel and user - space are also caught via this mapping. - -Please note that mappings which collide with the above areas may result -in a non-bootable kernel, or may cause the kernel to (eventually) panic -at run time. - -Since future CPUs may impact the kernel mapping layout, user programs -must not access any memory which is not mapped inside their 0x0001000 -to TASK_SIZE address range. If they wish to access these areas, they -must set up their own mappings using open() and mmap(). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/microchip.rst b/Documentation/arm/microchip.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c9a44c98e868 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/microchip.rst @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +============================= +ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91) +============================= + + +Introduction +------------ +This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are +currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org). + +It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU +product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel +development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from +the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees, +git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string. + + +AT91 SoCs +--------- +Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on +the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com. + + Flavors: + * ARM 920 based SoC + - at91rm9200 + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf + + * ARM 926 based SoCs + - at91sam9260 + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9xe + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9261 + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9263 + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9rl + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf + + - at91sam9g20 + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf + + - at91sam9g45 family + - at91sam9g45 + - at91sam9g46 + - at91sam9m10 + - at91sam9m11 (device superset) + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series") + - at91sam9g15 + - at91sam9g25 + - at91sam9g35 + - at91sam9x25 + - at91sam9x35 + + * Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family) + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf + + - at91sam9n12 + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf + + * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs + - sama5d3 family + + - sama5d31 + - sama5d33 + - sama5d34 + - sama5d35 + - sama5d36 (device superset) + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf + + * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs + - sama5d4 family + + - sama5d41 + - sama5d42 + - sama5d43 + - sama5d44 (device superset) + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf + + - sama5d2 family + + - sama5d21 + - sama5d22 + - sama5d23 + - sama5d24 + - sama5d26 + - sama5d27 (device superset) + - sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors) + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf + + * ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs + - sams70 family + + - sams70j19 + - sams70j20 + - sams70j21 + - sams70n19 + - sams70n20 + - sams70n21 + - sams70q19 + - sams70q20 + - sams70q21 + + - samv70 family + + - samv70j19 + - samv70j20 + - samv70n19 + - samv70n20 + - samv70q19 + - samv70q20 + + - samv71 family + + - samv71j19 + - samv71j20 + - samv71j21 + - samv71n19 + - samv71n20 + - samv71n21 + - samv71q19 + - samv71q20 + - samv71q21 + + * Datasheet + + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001527A.pdf + + +Linux kernel information +------------------------ +Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91 +MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support" + + +Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards +------------------------------------ +All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products +must use this method to boot the Linux kernel. + +Work In Progress statement: +Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are +considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at +any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from +the same source tree. +Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt file for a +definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI. +This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate. + +Naming conventions and best practice: + +- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of + the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance). +- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be + shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance). + When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to + be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi + or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example). +- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so + that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions + to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/netwinder.rst b/Documentation/arm/netwinder.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8eab66caa2ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/netwinder.rst @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +================================ +NetWinder specific documentation +================================ + +The NetWinder is a small low-power computer, primarily designed +to run Linux. It is based around the StrongARM RISC processor, +DC21285 PCI bridge, with PC-type hardware glued around it. + +Port usage +========== + +======= ====== =============================== +Min Max Description +======= ====== =============================== +0x0000 0x000f DMA1 +0x0020 0x0021 PIC1 +0x0060 0x006f Keyboard +0x0070 0x007f RTC +0x0080 0x0087 DMA1 +0x0088 0x008f DMA2 +0x00a0 0x00a3 PIC2 +0x00c0 0x00df DMA2 +0x0180 0x0187 IRDA +0x01f0 0x01f6 ide0 +0x0201 Game port +0x0203 RWA010 configuration read +0x0220 ? SoundBlaster +0x0250 ? WaveArtist +0x0279 RWA010 configuration index +0x02f8 0x02ff Serial ttyS1 +0x0300 0x031f Ether10 +0x0338 GPIO1 +0x033a GPIO2 +0x0370 0x0371 W83977F configuration registers +0x0388 ? AdLib +0x03c0 0x03df VGA +0x03f6 ide0 +0x03f8 0x03ff Serial ttyS0 +0x0400 0x0408 DC21143 +0x0480 0x0487 DMA1 +0x0488 0x048f DMA2 +0x0a79 RWA010 configuration write +0xe800 0xe80f ide0/ide1 BM DMA +======= ====== =============================== + + +Interrupt usage +=============== + +======= ======= ======================== +IRQ type Description +======= ======= ======================== + 0 ISA 100Hz timer + 1 ISA Keyboard + 2 ISA cascade + 3 ISA Serial ttyS1 + 4 ISA Serial ttyS0 + 5 ISA PS/2 mouse + 6 ISA IRDA + 7 ISA Printer + 8 ISA RTC alarm + 9 ISA +10 ISA GP10 (Orange reset button) +11 ISA +12 ISA WaveArtist +13 ISA +14 ISA hda1 +15 ISA +======= ======= ======================== + +DMA usage +========= + +======= ======= =========== +DMA type Description +======= ======= =========== + 0 ISA IRDA + 1 ISA + 2 ISA cascade + 3 ISA WaveArtist + 4 ISA + 5 ISA + 6 ISA + 7 ISA WaveArtist +======= ======= =========== diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/NOTES b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/NOTES deleted file mode 100644 index 40577b5a49d3..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/NOTES +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -There seems to be a problem with exp(double) and our emulator. I haven't -been able to track it down yet. This does not occur with the emulator -supplied by Russell King. - -I also found one oddity in the emulator. I don't think it is serious but -will point it out. The ARM calling conventions require floating point -registers f4-f7 to be preserved over a function call. The compiler quite -often uses an stfe instruction to save f4 on the stack upon entry to a -function, and an ldfe instruction to restore it before returning. - -I was looking at some code, that calculated a double result, stored it in f4 -then made a function call. Upon return from the function call the number in -f4 had been converted to an extended value in the emulator. - -This is a side effect of the stfe instruction. The double in f4 had to be -converted to extended, then stored. If an lfm/sfm combination had been used, -then no conversion would occur. This has performance considerations. The -result from the function call and f4 were used in a multiplication. If the -emulator sees a multiply of a double and extended, it promotes the double to -extended, then does the multiply in extended precision. - -This code will cause this problem: - -double x, y, z; -z = log(x)/log(y); - -The result of log(x) (a double) will be calculated, returned in f0, then -moved to f4 to preserve it over the log(y) call. The division will be done -in extended precision, due to the stfe instruction used to save f4 in log(y). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README deleted file mode 100644 index 771871de0c8b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -This directory contains the version 0.92 test release of the NetWinder -Floating Point Emulator. - -The majority of the code was written by me, Scott Bambrough It is -written in C, with a small number of routines in inline assembler -where required. It was written quickly, with a goal of implementing a -working version of all the floating point instructions the compiler -emits as the first target. I have attempted to be as optimal as -possible, but there remains much room for improvement. - -I have attempted to make the emulator as portable as possible. One of -the problems is with leading underscores on kernel symbols. Elf -kernels have no leading underscores, a.out compiled kernels do. I -have attempted to use the C_SYMBOL_NAME macro wherever this may be -important. - -Another choice I made was in the file structure. I have attempted to -contain all operating system specific code in one module (fpmodule.*). -All the other files contain emulator specific code. This should allow -others to port the emulator to NetBSD for instance relatively easily. - -The floating point operations are based on SoftFloat Release 2, by -John Hauser. SoftFloat is a software implementation of floating-point -that conforms to the IEC/IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-point -Arithmetic. As many as four formats are supported: single precision, -double precision, extended double precision, and quadruple precision. -All operations required by the standard are implemented, except for -conversions to and from decimal. We use only the single precision, -double precision and extended double precision formats. The port of -SoftFloat to the ARM was done by Phil Blundell, based on an earlier -port of SoftFloat version 1 by Neil Carson for NetBSD/arm32. - -The file README.FPE contains a description of what has been implemented -so far in the emulator. The file TODO contains a information on what -remains to be done, and other ideas for the emulator. - -Bug reports, comments, suggestions should be directed to me at -. General reports of "this program doesn't -work correctly when your emulator is installed" are useful for -determining that bugs still exist; but are virtually useless when -attempting to isolate the problem. Please report them, but don't -expect quick action. Bugs still exist. The problem remains in isolating -which instruction contains the bug. Small programs illustrating a specific -problem are a godsend. - -Legal Notices -------------- - -The NetWinder Floating Point Emulator is free software. Everything Rebel.com -has written is provided under the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING for copying -conditions. Excluded from the above is the SoftFloat code. John Hauser's -legal notice for SoftFloat is included below. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -SoftFloat Legal Notice - -SoftFloat was written by John R. Hauser. This work was made possible in -part by the International Computer Science Institute, located at Suite 600, -1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704. Funding was partially -provided by the National Science Foundation under grant MIP-9311980. The -original version of this code was written as part of a project to build -a fixed-point vector processor in collaboration with the University of -California at Berkeley, overseen by Profs. Nelson Morgan and John Wawrzynek. - -THIS SOFTWARE IS DISTRIBUTED AS IS, FOR FREE. Although reasonable effort -has been made to avoid it, THIS SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN FAULTS THAT WILL AT -TIMES RESULT IN INCORRECT BEHAVIOR. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS RESTRICTED TO -PERSONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO CAN AND WILL TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY -AND ALL LOSSES, COSTS, OR OTHER PROBLEMS ARISING FROM ITS USE. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README.FPE b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README.FPE deleted file mode 100644 index 26f5d7bb9a41..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/README.FPE +++ /dev/null @@ -1,156 +0,0 @@ -The following describes the current state of the NetWinder's floating point -emulator. - -In the following nomenclature is used to describe the floating point -instructions. It follows the conventions in the ARM manual. - - = , no default -{P|M|Z} = {round to +infinity,round to -infinity,round to zero}, - default = round to nearest - -Note: items enclosed in {} are optional. - -Floating Point Coprocessor Data Transfer Instructions (CPDT) ------------------------------------------------------------- - -LDF/STF - load and store floating - -{cond} Fd, Rn -{cond} Fd, [Rn, #]{!} -{cond} Fd, [Rn], # - -These instructions are fully implemented. - -LFM/SFM - load and store multiple floating - -Form 1 syntax: -{cond} Fd, , [Rn] -{cond} Fd, , [Rn, #]{!} -{cond} Fd, , [Rn], # - -Form 2 syntax: -{cond} Fd, , [Rn]{!} - -These instructions are fully implemented. They store/load three words -for each floating point register into the memory location given in the -instruction. The format in memory is unlikely to be compatible with -other implementations, in particular the actual hardware. Specific -mention of this is made in the ARM manuals. - -Floating Point Coprocessor Register Transfer Instructions (CPRT) ----------------------------------------------------------------- - -Conversions, read/write status/control register instructions - -FLT{cond}{P,M,Z} Fn, Rd Convert integer to floating point -FIX{cond}{P,M,Z} Rd, Fn Convert floating point to integer -WFS{cond} Rd Write floating point status register -RFS{cond} Rd Read floating point status register -WFC{cond} Rd Write floating point control register -RFC{cond} Rd Read floating point control register - -FLT/FIX are fully implemented. - -RFS/WFS are fully implemented. - -RFC/WFC are fully implemented. RFC/WFC are supervisor only instructions, and -presently check the CPU mode, and do an invalid instruction trap if not called -from supervisor mode. - -Compare instructions - -CMF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating -CMFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating with exception -CNF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating -CNFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating with exception - -These are fully implemented. - -Floating Point Coprocessor Data Instructions (CPDT) ---------------------------------------------------- - -Dyadic operations: - -ADF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - add -SUF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - subtract -RSF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse subtract -MUF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - multiply -DVF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - divide -RDV{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse divide - -These are fully implemented. - -FML{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast multiply -FDV{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast divide -FRD{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast reverse divide - -These are fully implemented as well. They use the same algorithm as the -non-fast versions. Hence, in this implementation their performance is -equivalent to the MUF/DVF/RDV instructions. This is acceptable according -to the ARM manual. The manual notes these are defined only for single -operands, on the actual FPA11 hardware they do not work for double or -extended precision operands. The emulator currently does not check -the requested permissions conditions, and performs the requested operation. - -RMF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - IEEE remainder - -This is fully implemented. - -Monadic operations: - -MVF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - move -MNF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - move negated - -These are fully implemented. - -ABS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - absolute value -SQT{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - square root -RND{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - round - -These are fully implemented. - -URD{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - unnormalized round -NRM{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - normalize - -These are implemented. URD is implemented using the same code as the RND -instruction. Since URD cannot return a unnormalized number, NRM becomes -a NOP. - -Library calls: - -POW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - power -RPW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse power -POL{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - polar angle (arctan2) - -LOG{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base 10 -LGN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base e -EXP{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - exponent -SIN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - sine -COS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - cosine -TAN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - tangent -ASN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arcsine -ACS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arccosine -ATN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arctangent - -These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler, -and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11 -hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should -be implemented in future versions. - -Signalling: - -Signals are implemented. However current ELF kernels produced by Rebel.com -have a bug in them that prevents the module from generating a SIGFPE. This -is caused by a failure to alias fp_current to the kernel variable -current_set[0] correctly. - -The kernel provided with this distribution (vmlinux-nwfpe-0.93) contains -a fix for this problem and also incorporates the current version of the -emulator directly. It is possible to run with no floating point module -loaded with this kernel. It is provided as a demonstration of the -technology and for those who want to do floating point work that depends -on signals. It is not strictly necessary to use the module. - -A module (either the one provided by Russell King, or the one in this -distribution) can be loaded to replace the functionality of the emulator -built into the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/TODO b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/TODO deleted file mode 100644 index 8027061b60eb..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/TODO +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -TODO LIST ---------- - -POW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - power -RPW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse power -POL{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - polar angle (arctan2) - -LOG{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base 10 -LGN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base e -EXP{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - exponent -SIN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - sine -COS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - cosine -TAN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - tangent -ASN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arcsine -ACS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arccosine -ATN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arctangent - -These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler, -and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11 -hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should -be implemented in future versions. - -There are a couple of ways to approach the implementation of these. One -method would be to use accurate table methods for these routines. I have -a couple of papers by S. Gal from IBM's research labs in Haifa, Israel that -seem to promise extreme accuracy (in the order of 99.8%) and reasonable speed. -These methods are used in GLIBC for some of the transcendental functions. - -Another approach, which I know little about is CORDIC. This stands for -Coordinate Rotation Digital Computer, and is a method of computing -transcendental functions using mostly shifts and adds and a few -multiplications and divisions. The ARM excels at shifts and adds, -so such a method could be promising, but requires more research to -determine if it is feasible. - -Rounding Methods - -The IEEE standard defines 4 rounding modes. Round to nearest is the -default, but rounding to + or - infinity or round to zero are also allowed. -Many architectures allow the rounding mode to be specified by modifying bits -in a control register. Not so with the ARM FPA11 architecture. To change -the rounding mode one must specify it with each instruction. - -This has made porting some benchmarks difficult. It is possible to -introduce such a capability into the emulator. The FPCR contains -bits describing the rounding mode. The emulator could be altered to -examine a flag, which if set forced it to ignore the rounding mode in -the instruction, and use the mode specified in the bits in the FPCR. - -This would require a method of getting/setting the flag, and the bits -in the FPCR. This requires a kernel call in ArmLinux, as WFC/RFC are -supervisor only instructions. If anyone has any ideas or comments I -would like to hear them. - -[NOTE: pulled out from some docs on ARM floating point, specifically - for the Acorn FPE, but not limited to it: - - The floating point control register (FPCR) may only be present in some - implementations: it is there to control the hardware in an implementation- - specific manner, for example to disable the floating point system. The user - mode of the ARM is not permitted to use this register (since the right is - reserved to alter it between implementations) and the WFC and RFC - instructions will trap if tried in user mode. - - Hence, the answer is yes, you could do this, but then you will run a high - risk of becoming isolated if and when hardware FP emulation comes out - -- Russell]. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/index.rst b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..21fa8ce192ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +=================================== +NetWinder's floating point emulator +=================================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + nwfpe + netwinder-fpe + notes + todo diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/netwinder-fpe.rst b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/netwinder-fpe.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cbb320960fc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/netwinder-fpe.rst @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +============= +Current State +============= + +The following describes the current state of the NetWinder's floating point +emulator. + +In the following nomenclature is used to describe the floating point +instructions. It follows the conventions in the ARM manual. + +:: + + = , no default + {P|M|Z} = {round to +infinity,round to -infinity,round to zero}, + default = round to nearest + +Note: items enclosed in {} are optional. + +Floating Point Coprocessor Data Transfer Instructions (CPDT) +------------------------------------------------------------ + +LDF/STF - load and store floating + +{cond} Fd, Rn +{cond} Fd, [Rn, #]{!} +{cond} Fd, [Rn], # + +These instructions are fully implemented. + +LFM/SFM - load and store multiple floating + +Form 1 syntax: +{cond} Fd, , [Rn] +{cond} Fd, , [Rn, #]{!} +{cond} Fd, , [Rn], # + +Form 2 syntax: +{cond} Fd, , [Rn]{!} + +These instructions are fully implemented. They store/load three words +for each floating point register into the memory location given in the +instruction. The format in memory is unlikely to be compatible with +other implementations, in particular the actual hardware. Specific +mention of this is made in the ARM manuals. + +Floating Point Coprocessor Register Transfer Instructions (CPRT) +---------------------------------------------------------------- + +Conversions, read/write status/control register instructions + +FLT{cond}{P,M,Z} Fn, Rd Convert integer to floating point +FIX{cond}{P,M,Z} Rd, Fn Convert floating point to integer +WFS{cond} Rd Write floating point status register +RFS{cond} Rd Read floating point status register +WFC{cond} Rd Write floating point control register +RFC{cond} Rd Read floating point control register + +FLT/FIX are fully implemented. + +RFS/WFS are fully implemented. + +RFC/WFC are fully implemented. RFC/WFC are supervisor only instructions, and +presently check the CPU mode, and do an invalid instruction trap if not called +from supervisor mode. + +Compare instructions + +CMF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating +CMFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating with exception +CNF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating +CNFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating with exception + +These are fully implemented. + +Floating Point Coprocessor Data Instructions (CPDT) +--------------------------------------------------- + +Dyadic operations: + +ADF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - add +SUF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - subtract +RSF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse subtract +MUF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - multiply +DVF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - divide +RDV{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse divide + +These are fully implemented. + +FML{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast multiply +FDV{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast divide +FRD{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - fast reverse divide + +These are fully implemented as well. They use the same algorithm as the +non-fast versions. Hence, in this implementation their performance is +equivalent to the MUF/DVF/RDV instructions. This is acceptable according +to the ARM manual. The manual notes these are defined only for single +operands, on the actual FPA11 hardware they do not work for double or +extended precision operands. The emulator currently does not check +the requested permissions conditions, and performs the requested operation. + +RMF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - IEEE remainder + +This is fully implemented. + +Monadic operations: + +MVF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - move +MNF{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - move negated + +These are fully implemented. + +ABS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - absolute value +SQT{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - square root +RND{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - round + +These are fully implemented. + +URD{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - unnormalized round +NRM{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - normalize + +These are implemented. URD is implemented using the same code as the RND +instruction. Since URD cannot return a unnormalized number, NRM becomes +a NOP. + +Library calls: + +POW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - power +RPW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse power +POL{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - polar angle (arctan2) + +LOG{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base 10 +LGN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base e +EXP{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - exponent +SIN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - sine +COS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - cosine +TAN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - tangent +ASN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arcsine +ACS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arccosine +ATN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arctangent + +These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler, +and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11 +hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should +be implemented in future versions. + +Signalling: + +Signals are implemented. However current ELF kernels produced by Rebel.com +have a bug in them that prevents the module from generating a SIGFPE. This +is caused by a failure to alias fp_current to the kernel variable +current_set[0] correctly. + +The kernel provided with this distribution (vmlinux-nwfpe-0.93) contains +a fix for this problem and also incorporates the current version of the +emulator directly. It is possible to run with no floating point module +loaded with this kernel. It is provided as a demonstration of the +technology and for those who want to do floating point work that depends +on signals. It is not strictly necessary to use the module. + +A module (either the one provided by Russell King, or the one in this +distribution) can be loaded to replace the functionality of the emulator +built into the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/notes.rst b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/notes.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..102e55af8439 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/notes.rst @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Notes +===== + +There seems to be a problem with exp(double) and our emulator. I haven't +been able to track it down yet. This does not occur with the emulator +supplied by Russell King. + +I also found one oddity in the emulator. I don't think it is serious but +will point it out. The ARM calling conventions require floating point +registers f4-f7 to be preserved over a function call. The compiler quite +often uses an stfe instruction to save f4 on the stack upon entry to a +function, and an ldfe instruction to restore it before returning. + +I was looking at some code, that calculated a double result, stored it in f4 +then made a function call. Upon return from the function call the number in +f4 had been converted to an extended value in the emulator. + +This is a side effect of the stfe instruction. The double in f4 had to be +converted to extended, then stored. If an lfm/sfm combination had been used, +then no conversion would occur. This has performance considerations. The +result from the function call and f4 were used in a multiplication. If the +emulator sees a multiply of a double and extended, it promotes the double to +extended, then does the multiply in extended precision. + +This code will cause this problem: + +double x, y, z; +z = log(x)/log(y); + +The result of log(x) (a double) will be calculated, returned in f0, then +moved to f4 to preserve it over the log(y) call. The division will be done +in extended precision, due to the stfe instruction used to save f4 in log(y). diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/nwfpe.rst b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/nwfpe.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..35cd90dacbff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/nwfpe.rst @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +Introduction +============ + +This directory contains the version 0.92 test release of the NetWinder +Floating Point Emulator. + +The majority of the code was written by me, Scott Bambrough It is +written in C, with a small number of routines in inline assembler +where required. It was written quickly, with a goal of implementing a +working version of all the floating point instructions the compiler +emits as the first target. I have attempted to be as optimal as +possible, but there remains much room for improvement. + +I have attempted to make the emulator as portable as possible. One of +the problems is with leading underscores on kernel symbols. Elf +kernels have no leading underscores, a.out compiled kernels do. I +have attempted to use the C_SYMBOL_NAME macro wherever this may be +important. + +Another choice I made was in the file structure. I have attempted to +contain all operating system specific code in one module (fpmodule.*). +All the other files contain emulator specific code. This should allow +others to port the emulator to NetBSD for instance relatively easily. + +The floating point operations are based on SoftFloat Release 2, by +John Hauser. SoftFloat is a software implementation of floating-point +that conforms to the IEC/IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-point +Arithmetic. As many as four formats are supported: single precision, +double precision, extended double precision, and quadruple precision. +All operations required by the standard are implemented, except for +conversions to and from decimal. We use only the single precision, +double precision and extended double precision formats. The port of +SoftFloat to the ARM was done by Phil Blundell, based on an earlier +port of SoftFloat version 1 by Neil Carson for NetBSD/arm32. + +The file README.FPE contains a description of what has been implemented +so far in the emulator. The file TODO contains a information on what +remains to be done, and other ideas for the emulator. + +Bug reports, comments, suggestions should be directed to me at +. General reports of "this program doesn't +work correctly when your emulator is installed" are useful for +determining that bugs still exist; but are virtually useless when +attempting to isolate the problem. Please report them, but don't +expect quick action. Bugs still exist. The problem remains in isolating +which instruction contains the bug. Small programs illustrating a specific +problem are a godsend. + +Legal Notices +------------- + +The NetWinder Floating Point Emulator is free software. Everything Rebel.com +has written is provided under the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING for copying +conditions. Excluded from the above is the SoftFloat code. John Hauser's +legal notice for SoftFloat is included below. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +SoftFloat Legal Notice + +SoftFloat was written by John R. Hauser. This work was made possible in +part by the International Computer Science Institute, located at Suite 600, +1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704. Funding was partially +provided by the National Science Foundation under grant MIP-9311980. The +original version of this code was written as part of a project to build +a fixed-point vector processor in collaboration with the University of +California at Berkeley, overseen by Profs. Nelson Morgan and John Wawrzynek. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS DISTRIBUTED AS IS, FOR FREE. Although reasonable effort +has been made to avoid it, THIS SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN FAULTS THAT WILL AT +TIMES RESULT IN INCORRECT BEHAVIOR. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS RESTRICTED TO +PERSONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO CAN AND WILL TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY +AND ALL LOSSES, COSTS, OR OTHER PROBLEMS ARISING FROM ITS USE. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/todo.rst b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/todo.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..393f11b14540 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/nwfpe/todo.rst @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +TODO LIST +========= + +:: + + POW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - power + RPW{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - reverse power + POL{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, - polar angle (arctan2) + + LOG{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base 10 + LGN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - logarithm to base e + EXP{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - exponent + SIN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - sine + COS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - cosine + TAN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - tangent + ASN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arcsine + ACS{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arccosine + ATN{cond}{P,M,Z} Fd, - arctangent + +These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler, +and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11 +hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should +be implemented in future versions. + +There are a couple of ways to approach the implementation of these. One +method would be to use accurate table methods for these routines. I have +a couple of papers by S. Gal from IBM's research labs in Haifa, Israel that +seem to promise extreme accuracy (in the order of 99.8%) and reasonable speed. +These methods are used in GLIBC for some of the transcendental functions. + +Another approach, which I know little about is CORDIC. This stands for +Coordinate Rotation Digital Computer, and is a method of computing +transcendental functions using mostly shifts and adds and a few +multiplications and divisions. The ARM excels at shifts and adds, +so such a method could be promising, but requires more research to +determine if it is feasible. + +Rounding Methods +---------------- + +The IEEE standard defines 4 rounding modes. Round to nearest is the +default, but rounding to + or - infinity or round to zero are also allowed. +Many architectures allow the rounding mode to be specified by modifying bits +in a control register. Not so with the ARM FPA11 architecture. To change +the rounding mode one must specify it with each instruction. + +This has made porting some benchmarks difficult. It is possible to +introduce such a capability into the emulator. The FPCR contains +bits describing the rounding mode. The emulator could be altered to +examine a flag, which if set forced it to ignore the rounding mode in +the instruction, and use the mode specified in the bits in the FPCR. + +This would require a method of getting/setting the flag, and the bits +in the FPCR. This requires a kernel call in ArmLinux, as WFC/RFC are +supervisor only instructions. If anyone has any ideas or comments I +would like to hear them. + +NOTE: + pulled out from some docs on ARM floating point, specifically + for the Acorn FPE, but not limited to it: + + The floating point control register (FPCR) may only be present in some + implementations: it is there to control the hardware in an implementation- + specific manner, for example to disable the floating point system. The user + mode of the ARM is not permitted to use this register (since the right is + reserved to alter it between implementations) and the WFC and RFC + instructions will trap if tried in user mode. + + Hence, the answer is yes, you could do this, but then you will run a high + risk of becoming isolated if and when hardware FP emulation comes out + + -- Russell. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/omap/dss.rst b/Documentation/arm/omap/dss.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a40c4d9c717a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/omap/dss.rst @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +========================= +OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem +========================= + +This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap +(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI, +TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements +also. + +The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB, +panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live +currently side by side, you can choose which one to use. + +Features +-------- + +Working and tested features include: + +- MIPI DPI (parallel) output +- MIPI DSI output in command mode +- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output +- SDI output +- TV output +- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel +- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs +- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output +- OMAP DISPC planes +- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked +- YUV2, UYVY +- Scaling +- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock +- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK + +Tested boards include: +- OMAP3 SDP board +- Beagle board +- N810 + +omapdss driver +-------------- + +The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or +such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level +drivers can use. + +The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a +flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to +modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay +managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA. + +omapdss driver support for audio +-------------------------------- +There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as +well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio +interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in +the functionality. + +The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant +IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset +some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before +audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is +intended to be called after audio_stop. + +While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for +certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a +VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether +the current configuration of the display supports audio. + +The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio +parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any +specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose +is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the +moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word +and CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support +HDMI and DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958. + +The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be +implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called +while holding a spinlock or a readlock. + +The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio +playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed +to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be +called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs, +DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers. +audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used +for playback are released using audio_disable. + +The enum omap_dss_audio_state may be used to help the implementations of +the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED; +then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to +play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being +rendered. + + +Panel and controller drivers +---------------------------- + +The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not +usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register +themselves to the DSS driver. + +omapfb driver +------------- + +The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers. +These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very +dynamic display architecture. + +The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the +ioctls in the old driver. + +The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final +implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open. + +V4L2 drivers +------------ + +V4L2 is being implemented in TI. + +From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer +driver. + +Architecture +-------------------- + +Some clarification what the different components do: + + - Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the + pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color + depth. + - Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the + screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only + part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if + the overlay is smaller than the display. + - Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to + display. + - Display is the actual physical display device. + +A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data +on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be +the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any +framebuffer can be connected to any overlay. + +An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be +connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only +connected to virtual overlays. + +An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain +restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected: + + - DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display. + - Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays. + - DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV + display. + +Sysfs +----- +The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs +interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know +what would be the best interfaces for these things. + +The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB. + +/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory: +mirror 0=off, 1=on +rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees +rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation +overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go +phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer +virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer +size Size of the framebuffer + +/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory: +enabled 0=off, 1=on +input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size) +manager Destination overlay manager name +name +output_size width,height +position x,y +screen_width width +global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque + +/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory: +display Destination display +name +alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on +trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on +trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source +trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24) +default_color default background color (RGB24) + +/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory: + +=============== ============================================================= +ctrl_name Controller name +mirror 0=off, 1=on +update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual +enabled 0=off, 1=on +name +rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees +timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw) + When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out: + "pal" and "ntsc" +panel_name +tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on +output_type Output type (video encoder only): "composite" or "svideo" +=============== ============================================================= + +There are also some debugfs files at /omapdss/ which show information +about clocks and registers. + +Examples +-------- + +The following definitions have been made for the examples below:: + + ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0 + ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1 + ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2 + + mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0 + mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1 + + lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0 + dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1 + tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2 + + fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0 + fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1 + fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2 + +Default setup on OMAP3 SDP +-------------------------- + +Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI +and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are: +framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are +handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS:: + + FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI + FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD + FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV + +Example: Switch from LCD to DVI +------------------------------- + +:: + + w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1` + h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1` + + echo "0" > $lcd/enabled + echo "" > $mgr0/display + fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h + # at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board + echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display + echo "1" > $dvi/enabled + +After this the configuration looks like::: + + FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI + FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD + FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV + +Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV +---------------------------------------- + +:: + + w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1` + h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1` + + echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled + echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled + + echo "" > $fb1/overlays + echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays + + echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size + echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager + + echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled + echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled + + echo "1" > $tv/enabled + +After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown):: + + FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD + \- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV + +Misc notes +---------- + +OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You +can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma +allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase +the global memory area for CMA. + +Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock +of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI. + +Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB +does not support mirroring. + +VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you +probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also, +many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all +framebuffer parameters. + +Kernel boot arguments +--------------------- + +omapfb.mode=:[,...] + - Default video mode for specified displays. For example, + "dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/modedb.c. + There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that + can be used to tv out. + +omapfb.vram=:[@][,...] + - VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram + depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate + more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example, + "1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1. + +omapfb.debug= + - Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled + in kernel config. + +omapfb.test= + - Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change. + You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config. + +omapfb.vrfb= + - Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers. + +omapfb.rotate= + - Default rotation applied to all framebuffers. + 0 - 0 degree rotation + 1 - 90 degree rotation + 2 - 180 degree rotation + 3 - 270 degree rotation + +omapfb.mirror= + - Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation. + +omapdss.def_disp= + - Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected. + Common examples are "lcd" or "tv". + +omapdss.debug= + - Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in + kernel config. + +TODO +---- + +DSS locking + +Error checking + +- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG() + +System DMA update for DSI + +- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how + to skip the empty byte?) + +OMAP1 support + +- Not sure if needed diff --git a/Documentation/arm/omap/index.rst b/Documentation/arm/omap/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f1e9c11d9f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/omap/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +======= +TI OMAP +======= + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + omap + omap_pm + dss diff --git a/Documentation/arm/omap/omap.rst b/Documentation/arm/omap/omap.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f440c0f4613f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/omap/omap.rst @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +============ +OMAP history +============ + +This file contains documentation for running mainline +kernel on omaps. + +====== ====================================================== +KERNEL NEW DEPENDENCIES +====== ====================================================== +v4.3+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure + CONFIG_REGULATOR_PBIAS is enabled for MMC1 to work + properly. + +v4.18+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure + CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_OMAP is enabled for all MMC instances + to work in DRA7 and K2G based boards. +====== ====================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/arm/omap/omap_pm.rst b/Documentation/arm/omap/omap_pm.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a335e4c8ce2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/omap/omap_pm.rst @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +===================== +The OMAP PM interface +===================== + +This document describes the temporary OMAP PM interface. Driver +authors use these functions to communicate minimum latency or +throughput constraints to the kernel power management code. +Over time, the intention is to merge features from the OMAP PM +interface into the Linux PM QoS code. + +Drivers need to express PM parameters which: + +- support the range of power management parameters present in the TI SRF; + +- separate the drivers from the underlying PM parameter + implementation, whether it is the TI SRF or Linux PM QoS or Linux + latency framework or something else; + +- specify PM parameters in terms of fundamental units, such as + latency and throughput, rather than units which are specific to OMAP + or to particular OMAP variants; + +- allow drivers which are shared with other architectures (e.g., + DaVinci) to add these constraints in a way which won't affect non-OMAP + systems, + +- can be implemented immediately with minimal disruption of other + architectures. + + +This document proposes the OMAP PM interface, including the following +five power management functions for driver code: + +1. Set the maximum MPU wakeup latency:: + + (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t) + +2. Set the maximum device wakeup latency:: + + (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t) + +3. Set the maximum system DMA transfer start latency (CORE pwrdm):: + + (*pdata->set_max_sdma_lat)(struct device *dev, long t) + +4. Set the minimum bus throughput needed by a device:: + + (*pdata->set_min_bus_tput)(struct device *dev, u8 agent_id, unsigned long r) + +5. Return the number of times the device has lost context:: + + (*pdata->get_dev_context_loss_count)(struct device *dev) + + +Further documentation for all OMAP PM interface functions can be +found in arch/arm/plat-omap/include/mach/omap-pm.h. + + +The OMAP PM layer is intended to be temporary +--------------------------------------------- + +The intention is that eventually the Linux PM QoS layer should support +the range of power management features present in OMAP3. As this +happens, existing drivers using the OMAP PM interface can be modified +to use the Linux PM QoS code; and the OMAP PM interface can disappear. + + +Driver usage of the OMAP PM functions +------------------------------------- + +As the 'pdata' in the above examples indicates, these functions are +exposed to drivers through function pointers in driver .platform_data +structures. The function pointers are initialized by the `board-*.c` +files to point to the corresponding OMAP PM functions: + +- set_max_dev_wakeup_lat will point to + omap_pm_set_max_dev_wakeup_lat(), etc. Other architectures which do + not support these functions should leave these function pointers set + to NULL. Drivers should use the following idiom:: + + if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat) + (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, t); + +The most common usage of these functions will probably be to specify +the maximum time from when an interrupt occurs, to when the device +becomes accessible. To accomplish this, driver writers should use the +set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the MPU wakeup +latency, and the set_max_dev_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the +device wakeup latency (from clk_enable() to accessibility). For +example:: + + /* Limit MPU wakeup latency */ + if (pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat) + (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(dev, tc); + + /* Limit device powerdomain wakeup latency */ + if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat) + (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, td); + + /* total wakeup latency in this example: (tc + td) */ + +The PM parameters can be overwritten by calling the function again +with the new value. The settings can be removed by calling the +function with a t argument of -1 (except in the case of +set_max_bus_tput(), which should be called with an r argument of 0). + +The fifth function above, omap_pm_get_dev_context_loss_count(), +is intended as an optimization to allow drivers to determine whether the +device has lost its internal context. If context has been lost, the +driver must restore its internal context before proceeding. + + +Other specialized interface functions +------------------------------------- + +The five functions listed above are intended to be usable by any +device driver. DSPBridge and CPUFreq have a few special requirements. +DSPBridge expresses target DSP performance levels in terms of OPP IDs. +CPUFreq expresses target MPU performance levels in terms of MPU +frequency. The OMAP PM interface contains functions for these +specialized cases to convert that input information (OPPs/MPU +frequency) into the form that the underlying power management +implementation needs: + +6. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp_table)(void)` + +7. `(*pdata->dsp_set_min_opp)(u8 opp_id)` + +8. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp)(void)` + +9. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq_table)(void)` + +10. `(*pdata->cpu_set_freq)(unsigned long f)` + +11. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq)(void)` + +Customizing OPP for platform +============================ +Defining CONFIG_PM should enable OPP layer for the silicon +and the registration of OPP table should take place automatically. +However, in special cases, the default OPP table may need to be +tweaked, for e.g.: + + * enable default OPPs which are disabled by default, but which + could be enabled on a platform + * Disable an unsupported OPP on the platform + * Define and add a custom opp table entry + in these cases, the board file needs to do additional steps as follows: + +arch/arm/mach-omapx/board-xyz.c:: + + #include "pm.h" + .... + static void __init omap_xyz_init_irq(void) + { + .... + /* Initialize the default table */ + omapx_opp_init(); + /* Do customization to the defaults */ + .... + } + +NOTE: + omapx_opp_init will be omap3_opp_init or as required + based on the omap family. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/porting.rst b/Documentation/arm/porting.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..bd21958bdb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/porting.rst @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +======= +Porting +======= + +Taken from list archive at http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-July/004064.html + +Initial definitions +------------------- + +The following symbol definitions rely on you knowing the translation that +__virt_to_phys() does for your machine. This macro converts the passed +virtual address to a physical address. Normally, it is simply: + + phys = virt - PAGE_OFFSET + PHYS_OFFSET + + +Decompressor Symbols +-------------------- + +ZTEXTADDR + Start address of decompressor. There's no point in talking about + virtual or physical addresses here, since the MMU will be off at + the time when you call the decompressor code. You normally call + the kernel at this address to start it booting. This doesn't have + to be located in RAM, it can be in flash or other read-only or + read-write addressable medium. + +ZBSSADDR + Start address of zero-initialised work area for the decompressor. + This must be pointing at RAM. The decompressor will zero initialise + this for you. Again, the MMU will be off. + +ZRELADDR + This is the address where the decompressed kernel will be written, + and eventually executed. The following constraint must be valid: + + __virt_to_phys(TEXTADDR) == ZRELADDR + + The initial part of the kernel is carefully coded to be position + independent. + +INITRD_PHYS + Physical address to place the initial RAM disk. Only relevant if + you are using the bootpImage stuff (which only works on the old + struct param_struct). + +INITRD_VIRT + Virtual address of the initial RAM disk. The following constraint + must be valid: + + __virt_to_phys(INITRD_VIRT) == INITRD_PHYS + +PARAMS_PHYS + Physical address of the struct param_struct or tag list, giving the + kernel various parameters about its execution environment. + + +Kernel Symbols +-------------- + +PHYS_OFFSET + Physical start address of the first bank of RAM. + +PAGE_OFFSET + Virtual start address of the first bank of RAM. During the kernel + boot phase, virtual address PAGE_OFFSET will be mapped to physical + address PHYS_OFFSET, along with any other mappings you supply. + This should be the same value as TASK_SIZE. + +TASK_SIZE + The maximum size of a user process in bytes. Since user space + always starts at zero, this is the maximum address that a user + process can access+1. The user space stack grows down from this + address. + + Any virtual address below TASK_SIZE is deemed to be user process + area, and therefore managed dynamically on a process by process + basis by the kernel. I'll call this the user segment. + + Anything above TASK_SIZE is common to all processes. I'll call + this the kernel segment. + + (In other words, you can't put IO mappings below TASK_SIZE, and + hence PAGE_OFFSET). + +TEXTADDR + Virtual start address of kernel, normally PAGE_OFFSET + 0x8000. + This is where the kernel image ends up. With the latest kernels, + it must be located at 32768 bytes into a 128MB region. Previous + kernels placed a restriction of 256MB here. + +DATAADDR + Virtual address for the kernel data segment. Must not be defined + when using the decompressor. + +VMALLOC_START / VMALLOC_END + Virtual addresses bounding the vmalloc() area. There must not be + any static mappings in this area; vmalloc will overwrite them. + The addresses must also be in the kernel segment (see above). + Normally, the vmalloc() area starts VMALLOC_OFFSET bytes above the + last virtual RAM address (found using variable high_memory). + +VMALLOC_OFFSET + Offset normally incorporated into VMALLOC_START to provide a hole + between virtual RAM and the vmalloc area. We do this to allow + out of bounds memory accesses (eg, something writing off the end + of the mapped memory map) to be caught. Normally set to 8MB. + +Architecture Specific Macros +---------------------------- + +BOOT_MEM(pram,pio,vio) + `pram` specifies the physical start address of RAM. Must always + be present, and should be the same as PHYS_OFFSET. + + `pio` is the physical address of an 8MB region containing IO for + use with the debugging macros in arch/arm/kernel/debug-armv.S. + + `vio` is the virtual address of the 8MB debugging region. + + It is expected that the debugging region will be re-initialised + by the architecture specific code later in the code (via the + MAPIO function). + +BOOT_PARAMS + Same as, and see PARAMS_PHYS. + +FIXUP(func) + Machine specific fixups, run before memory subsystems have been + initialised. + +MAPIO(func) + Machine specific function to map IO areas (including the debug + region above). + +INITIRQ(func) + Machine specific function to initialise interrupts. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.rst b/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ac34e5d7ee44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.rst @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +============================================== +MFP Configuration for PXA2xx/PXA3xx Processors +============================================== + + Eric Miao + +MFP stands for Multi-Function Pin, which is the pin-mux logic on PXA3xx and +later PXA series processors. This document describes the existing MFP API, +and how board/platform driver authors could make use of it. + +Basic Concept +============= + +Unlike the GPIO alternate function settings on PXA25x and PXA27x, a new MFP +mechanism is introduced from PXA3xx to completely move the pin-mux functions +out of the GPIO controller. In addition to pin-mux configurations, the MFP +also controls the low power state, driving strength, pull-up/down and event +detection of each pin. Below is a diagram of internal connections between +the MFP logic and the remaining SoC peripherals:: + + +--------+ + | |--(GPIO19)--+ + | GPIO | | + | |--(GPIO...) | + +--------+ | + | +---------+ + +--------+ +------>| | + | PWM2 |--(PWM_OUT)-------->| MFP | + +--------+ +------>| |-------> to external PAD + | +---->| | + +--------+ | | +-->| | + | SSP2 |---(TXD)----+ | | +---------+ + +--------+ | | + | | + +--------+ | | + | Keypad |--(MKOUT4)----+ | + +--------+ | + | + +--------+ | + | UART2 |---(TXD)--------+ + +--------+ + +NOTE: the external pad is named as MFP_PIN_GPIO19, it doesn't necessarily +mean it's dedicated for GPIO19, only as a hint that internally this pin +can be routed from GPIO19 of the GPIO controller. + +To better understand the change from PXA25x/PXA27x GPIO alternate function +to this new MFP mechanism, here are several key points: + + 1. GPIO controller on PXA3xx is now a dedicated controller, same as other + internal controllers like PWM, SSP and UART, with 128 internal signals + which can be routed to external through one or more MFPs (e.g. GPIO<0> + can be routed through either MFP_PIN_GPIO0 as well as MFP_PIN_GPIO0_2, + see arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h) + + 2. Alternate function configuration is removed from this GPIO controller, + the remaining functions are pure GPIO-specific, i.e. + + - GPIO signal level control + - GPIO direction control + - GPIO level change detection + + 3. Low power state for each pin is now controlled by MFP, this means the + PGSRx registers on PXA2xx are now useless on PXA3xx + + 4. Wakeup detection is now controlled by MFP, PWER does not control the + wakeup from GPIO(s) any more, depending on the sleeping state, ADxER + (as defined in pxa3xx-regs.h) controls the wakeup from MFP + +NOTE: with such a clear separation of MFP and GPIO, by GPIO we normally +mean it is a GPIO signal, and by MFP or pin xxx, we mean a physical +pad (or ball). + +MFP API Usage +============= + +For board code writers, here are some guidelines: + +1. include ONE of the following header files in your .c: + + - #include "mfp-pxa25x.h" + - #include "mfp-pxa27x.h" + - #include "mfp-pxa300.h" + - #include "mfp-pxa320.h" + - #include "mfp-pxa930.h" + + NOTE: only one file in your .c, depending on the processors used, + because pin configuration definitions may conflict in these file (i.e. + same name, different meaning and settings on different processors). E.g. + for zylonite platform, which support both PXA300/PXA310 and PXA320, two + separate files are introduced: zylonite_pxa300.c and zylonite_pxa320.c + (in addition to handle MFP configuration differences, they also handle + the other differences between the two combinations). + + NOTE: PXA300 and PXA310 are almost identical in pin configurations (with + PXA310 supporting some additional ones), thus the difference is actually + covered in a single mfp-pxa300.h. + +2. prepare an array for the initial pin configurations, e.g.:: + + static unsigned long mainstone_pin_config[] __initdata = { + /* Chip Select */ + GPIO15_nCS_1, + + /* LCD - 16bpp Active TFT */ + GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP, + GPIO16_PWM0_OUT, /* Backlight */ + + /* MMC */ + GPIO32_MMC_CLK, + GPIO112_MMC_CMD, + GPIO92_MMC_DAT_0, + GPIO109_MMC_DAT_1, + GPIO110_MMC_DAT_2, + GPIO111_MMC_DAT_3, + + ... + + /* GPIO */ + GPIO1_GPIO | WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH, + }; + + a) once the pin configurations are passed to pxa{2xx,3xx}_mfp_config(), + and written to the actual registers, they are useless and may discard, + adding '__initdata' will help save some additional bytes here. + + b) when there is only one possible pin configurations for a component, + some simplified definitions can be used, e.g. GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP on + PXA25x and PXA27x processors + + c) if by board design, a pin can be configured to wake up the system + from low power state, it can be 'OR'ed with any of: + + WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH + WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_RISE + WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_FALL + WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH - specifically for enabling of keypad GPIOs, + + to indicate that this pin has the capability of wake-up the system, + and on which edge(s). This, however, doesn't necessarily mean the + pin _will_ wakeup the system, it will only when set_irq_wake() is + invoked with the corresponding GPIO IRQ (GPIO_IRQ(xx) or gpio_to_irq()) + and eventually calls gpio_set_wake() for the actual register setting. + + d) although PXA3xx MFP supports edge detection on each pin, the + internal logic will only wakeup the system when those specific bits + in ADxER registers are set, which can be well mapped to the + corresponding peripheral, thus set_irq_wake() can be called with + the peripheral IRQ to enable the wakeup. + + +MFP on PXA3xx +============= + +Every external I/O pad on PXA3xx (excluding those for special purpose) has +one MFP logic associated, and is controlled by one MFP register (MFPR). + +The MFPR has the following bit definitions (for PXA300/PXA310/PXA320):: + + 31 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ + | RESERVED |PS|PU|PD| DRIVE |SS|SD|SO|EC|EF|ER|--| AF_SEL | + +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ + + Bit 3: RESERVED + Bit 4: EDGE_RISE_EN - enable detection of rising edge on this pin + Bit 5: EDGE_FALL_EN - enable detection of falling edge on this pin + Bit 6: EDGE_CLEAR - disable edge detection on this pin + Bit 7: SLEEP_OE_N - enable outputs during low power modes + Bit 8: SLEEP_DATA - output data on the pin during low power modes + Bit 9: SLEEP_SEL - selection control for low power modes signals + Bit 13: PULLDOWN_EN - enable the internal pull-down resistor on this pin + Bit 14: PULLUP_EN - enable the internal pull-up resistor on this pin + Bit 15: PULL_SEL - pull state controlled by selected alternate function + (0) or by PULL{UP,DOWN}_EN bits (1) + + Bit 0 - 2: AF_SEL - alternate function selection, 8 possibilities, from 0-7 + Bit 10-12: DRIVE - drive strength and slew rate + 0b000 - fast 1mA + 0b001 - fast 2mA + 0b002 - fast 3mA + 0b003 - fast 4mA + 0b004 - slow 6mA + 0b005 - fast 6mA + 0b006 - slow 10mA + 0b007 - fast 10mA + +MFP Design for PXA2xx/PXA3xx +============================ + +Due to the difference of pin-mux handling between PXA2xx and PXA3xx, a unified +MFP API is introduced to cover both series of processors. + +The basic idea of this design is to introduce definitions for all possible pin +configurations, these definitions are processor and platform independent, and +the actual API invoked to convert these definitions into register settings and +make them effective there-after. + +Files Involved +-------------- + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp.h + + for + 1. Unified pin definitions - enum constants for all configurable pins + 2. processor-neutral bit definitions for a possible MFP configuration + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.h + + for PXA3xx specific MFPR register bit definitions and PXA3xx common pin + configurations + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.h + + for PXA2xx specific definitions and PXA25x/PXA27x common pin configurations + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa25x.h + arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa27x.h + arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h + arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa320.h + arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa930.h + + for processor specific definitions + + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.c + - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.c + + for implementation of the pin configuration to take effect for the actual + processor. + +Pin Configuration +----------------- + + The following comments are copied from mfp.h (see the actual source code + for most updated info):: + + /* + * a possible MFP configuration is represented by a 32-bit integer + * + * bit 0.. 9 - MFP Pin Number (1024 Pins Maximum) + * bit 10..12 - Alternate Function Selection + * bit 13..15 - Drive Strength + * bit 16..18 - Low Power Mode State + * bit 19..20 - Low Power Mode Edge Detection + * bit 21..22 - Run Mode Pull State + * + * to facilitate the definition, the following macros are provided + * + * MFP_CFG_DEFAULT - default MFP configuration value, with + * alternate function = 0, + * drive strength = fast 3mA (MFP_DS03X) + * low power mode = default + * edge detection = none + * + * MFP_CFG - default MFPR value with alternate function + * MFP_CFG_DRV - default MFPR value with alternate function and + * pin drive strength + * MFP_CFG_LPM - default MFPR value with alternate function and + * low power mode + * MFP_CFG_X - default MFPR value with alternate function, + * pin drive strength and low power mode + */ + + Examples of pin configurations are:: + + #define GPIO94_SSP3_RXD MFP_CFG_X(GPIO94, AF1, DS08X, FLOAT) + + which reads GPIO94 can be configured as SSP3_RXD, with alternate function + selection of 1, driving strength of 0b101, and a float state in low power + modes. + + NOTE: this is the default setting of this pin being configured as SSP3_RXD + which can be modified a bit in board code, though it is not recommended to + do so, simply because this default setting is usually carefully encoded, + and is supposed to work in most cases. + +Register Settings +----------------- + + Register settings on PXA3xx for a pin configuration is actually very + straight-forward, most bits can be converted directly into MFPR value + in a easier way. Two sets of MFPR values are calculated: the run-time + ones and the low power mode ones, to allow different settings. + + The conversion from a generic pin configuration to the actual register + settings on PXA2xx is a bit complicated: many registers are involved, + including GAFRx, GPDRx, PGSRx, PWER, PKWR, PFER and PRER. Please see + mfp-pxa2xx.c for how the conversion is made. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.txt b/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0b7cab978c02..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/pxa/mfp.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,286 +0,0 @@ - MFP Configuration for PXA2xx/PXA3xx Processors - - Eric Miao - -MFP stands for Multi-Function Pin, which is the pin-mux logic on PXA3xx and -later PXA series processors. This document describes the existing MFP API, -and how board/platform driver authors could make use of it. - - Basic Concept -=============== - -Unlike the GPIO alternate function settings on PXA25x and PXA27x, a new MFP -mechanism is introduced from PXA3xx to completely move the pin-mux functions -out of the GPIO controller. In addition to pin-mux configurations, the MFP -also controls the low power state, driving strength, pull-up/down and event -detection of each pin. Below is a diagram of internal connections between -the MFP logic and the remaining SoC peripherals: - - +--------+ - | |--(GPIO19)--+ - | GPIO | | - | |--(GPIO...) | - +--------+ | - | +---------+ - +--------+ +------>| | - | PWM2 |--(PWM_OUT)-------->| MFP | - +--------+ +------>| |-------> to external PAD - | +---->| | - +--------+ | | +-->| | - | SSP2 |---(TXD)----+ | | +---------+ - +--------+ | | - | | - +--------+ | | - | Keypad |--(MKOUT4)----+ | - +--------+ | - | - +--------+ | - | UART2 |---(TXD)--------+ - +--------+ - -NOTE: the external pad is named as MFP_PIN_GPIO19, it doesn't necessarily -mean it's dedicated for GPIO19, only as a hint that internally this pin -can be routed from GPIO19 of the GPIO controller. - -To better understand the change from PXA25x/PXA27x GPIO alternate function -to this new MFP mechanism, here are several key points: - - 1. GPIO controller on PXA3xx is now a dedicated controller, same as other - internal controllers like PWM, SSP and UART, with 128 internal signals - which can be routed to external through one or more MFPs (e.g. GPIO<0> - can be routed through either MFP_PIN_GPIO0 as well as MFP_PIN_GPIO0_2, - see arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h) - - 2. Alternate function configuration is removed from this GPIO controller, - the remaining functions are pure GPIO-specific, i.e. - - - GPIO signal level control - - GPIO direction control - - GPIO level change detection - - 3. Low power state for each pin is now controlled by MFP, this means the - PGSRx registers on PXA2xx are now useless on PXA3xx - - 4. Wakeup detection is now controlled by MFP, PWER does not control the - wakeup from GPIO(s) any more, depending on the sleeping state, ADxER - (as defined in pxa3xx-regs.h) controls the wakeup from MFP - -NOTE: with such a clear separation of MFP and GPIO, by GPIO we normally -mean it is a GPIO signal, and by MFP or pin xxx, we mean a physical -pad (or ball). - - MFP API Usage -=============== - -For board code writers, here are some guidelines: - -1. include ONE of the following header files in your .c: - - - #include "mfp-pxa25x.h" - - #include "mfp-pxa27x.h" - - #include "mfp-pxa300.h" - - #include "mfp-pxa320.h" - - #include "mfp-pxa930.h" - - NOTE: only one file in your .c, depending on the processors used, - because pin configuration definitions may conflict in these file (i.e. - same name, different meaning and settings on different processors). E.g. - for zylonite platform, which support both PXA300/PXA310 and PXA320, two - separate files are introduced: zylonite_pxa300.c and zylonite_pxa320.c - (in addition to handle MFP configuration differences, they also handle - the other differences between the two combinations). - - NOTE: PXA300 and PXA310 are almost identical in pin configurations (with - PXA310 supporting some additional ones), thus the difference is actually - covered in a single mfp-pxa300.h. - -2. prepare an array for the initial pin configurations, e.g.: - - static unsigned long mainstone_pin_config[] __initdata = { - /* Chip Select */ - GPIO15_nCS_1, - - /* LCD - 16bpp Active TFT */ - GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP, - GPIO16_PWM0_OUT, /* Backlight */ - - /* MMC */ - GPIO32_MMC_CLK, - GPIO112_MMC_CMD, - GPIO92_MMC_DAT_0, - GPIO109_MMC_DAT_1, - GPIO110_MMC_DAT_2, - GPIO111_MMC_DAT_3, - - ... - - /* GPIO */ - GPIO1_GPIO | WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH, - }; - - a) once the pin configurations are passed to pxa{2xx,3xx}_mfp_config(), - and written to the actual registers, they are useless and may discard, - adding '__initdata' will help save some additional bytes here. - - b) when there is only one possible pin configurations for a component, - some simplified definitions can be used, e.g. GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP on - PXA25x and PXA27x processors - - c) if by board design, a pin can be configured to wake up the system - from low power state, it can be 'OR'ed with any of: - - WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH - WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_RISE - WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_FALL - WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH - specifically for enabling of keypad GPIOs, - - to indicate that this pin has the capability of wake-up the system, - and on which edge(s). This, however, doesn't necessarily mean the - pin _will_ wakeup the system, it will only when set_irq_wake() is - invoked with the corresponding GPIO IRQ (GPIO_IRQ(xx) or gpio_to_irq()) - and eventually calls gpio_set_wake() for the actual register setting. - - d) although PXA3xx MFP supports edge detection on each pin, the - internal logic will only wakeup the system when those specific bits - in ADxER registers are set, which can be well mapped to the - corresponding peripheral, thus set_irq_wake() can be called with - the peripheral IRQ to enable the wakeup. - - - MFP on PXA3xx -=============== - -Every external I/O pad on PXA3xx (excluding those for special purpose) has -one MFP logic associated, and is controlled by one MFP register (MFPR). - -The MFPR has the following bit definitions (for PXA300/PXA310/PXA320): - - 31 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ - | RESERVED |PS|PU|PD| DRIVE |SS|SD|SO|EC|EF|ER|--| AF_SEL | - +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+ - - Bit 3: RESERVED - Bit 4: EDGE_RISE_EN - enable detection of rising edge on this pin - Bit 5: EDGE_FALL_EN - enable detection of falling edge on this pin - Bit 6: EDGE_CLEAR - disable edge detection on this pin - Bit 7: SLEEP_OE_N - enable outputs during low power modes - Bit 8: SLEEP_DATA - output data on the pin during low power modes - Bit 9: SLEEP_SEL - selection control for low power modes signals - Bit 13: PULLDOWN_EN - enable the internal pull-down resistor on this pin - Bit 14: PULLUP_EN - enable the internal pull-up resistor on this pin - Bit 15: PULL_SEL - pull state controlled by selected alternate function - (0) or by PULL{UP,DOWN}_EN bits (1) - - Bit 0 - 2: AF_SEL - alternate function selection, 8 possibilities, from 0-7 - Bit 10-12: DRIVE - drive strength and slew rate - 0b000 - fast 1mA - 0b001 - fast 2mA - 0b002 - fast 3mA - 0b003 - fast 4mA - 0b004 - slow 6mA - 0b005 - fast 6mA - 0b006 - slow 10mA - 0b007 - fast 10mA - - MFP Design for PXA2xx/PXA3xx -============================== - -Due to the difference of pin-mux handling between PXA2xx and PXA3xx, a unified -MFP API is introduced to cover both series of processors. - -The basic idea of this design is to introduce definitions for all possible pin -configurations, these definitions are processor and platform independent, and -the actual API invoked to convert these definitions into register settings and -make them effective there-after. - - Files Involved - -------------- - - - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp.h - - for - 1. Unified pin definitions - enum constants for all configurable pins - 2. processor-neutral bit definitions for a possible MFP configuration - - - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.h - - for PXA3xx specific MFPR register bit definitions and PXA3xx common pin - configurations - - - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.h - - for PXA2xx specific definitions and PXA25x/PXA27x common pin configurations - - - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa25x.h - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa27x.h - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa320.h - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa930.h - - for processor specific definitions - - - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.c - - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.c - - for implementation of the pin configuration to take effect for the actual - processor. - - Pin Configuration - ----------------- - - The following comments are copied from mfp.h (see the actual source code - for most updated info) - - /* - * a possible MFP configuration is represented by a 32-bit integer - * - * bit 0.. 9 - MFP Pin Number (1024 Pins Maximum) - * bit 10..12 - Alternate Function Selection - * bit 13..15 - Drive Strength - * bit 16..18 - Low Power Mode State - * bit 19..20 - Low Power Mode Edge Detection - * bit 21..22 - Run Mode Pull State - * - * to facilitate the definition, the following macros are provided - * - * MFP_CFG_DEFAULT - default MFP configuration value, with - * alternate function = 0, - * drive strength = fast 3mA (MFP_DS03X) - * low power mode = default - * edge detection = none - * - * MFP_CFG - default MFPR value with alternate function - * MFP_CFG_DRV - default MFPR value with alternate function and - * pin drive strength - * MFP_CFG_LPM - default MFPR value with alternate function and - * low power mode - * MFP_CFG_X - default MFPR value with alternate function, - * pin drive strength and low power mode - */ - - Examples of pin configurations are: - - #define GPIO94_SSP3_RXD MFP_CFG_X(GPIO94, AF1, DS08X, FLOAT) - - which reads GPIO94 can be configured as SSP3_RXD, with alternate function - selection of 1, driving strength of 0b101, and a float state in low power - modes. - - NOTE: this is the default setting of this pin being configured as SSP3_RXD - which can be modified a bit in board code, though it is not recommended to - do so, simply because this default setting is usually carefully encoded, - and is supposed to work in most cases. - - Register Settings - ----------------- - - Register settings on PXA3xx for a pin configuration is actually very - straight-forward, most bits can be converted directly into MFPR value - in a easier way. Two sets of MFPR values are calculated: the run-time - ones and the low power mode ones, to allow different settings. - - The conversion from a generic pin configuration to the actual register - settings on PXA2xx is a bit complicated: many registers are involved, - including GAFRx, GPDRx, PGSRx, PWER, PKWR, PFER and PRER. Please see - mfp-pxa2xx.c for how the conversion is made. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/adsbitsy.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/adsbitsy.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c179cb26b682 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/adsbitsy.rst @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +=============================== +ADS Bitsy Single Board Computer +=============================== + +(It is different from Bitsy(iPAQ) of Compaq) + +For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see +http://www.applieddata.net/products.html + +The Linux support for this product has been provided by +Woojung Huh + +Use 'make adsbitsy_config' before any 'make config'. +This will set up defaults for ADS Bitsy support. + +The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000. + +Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the +newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. + +Supported peripherals +===================== + +- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) +- SA1111 USB Master +- SA1100 serial port +- pcmcia, compact flash +- touchscreen(ucb1200) +- console on LCD screen +- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) + - ttyS0 is default for serial console + +To do +===== + +- everything else! :-) + +Notes +===== + +- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. + You should be careful to use flash on board. + Its partition is different from GraphicsClient Plus and GraphicsMaster + +- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. + Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, + if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp + mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be + fixed soon. + +Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/assabet.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/assabet.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e704831c311 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/assabet.rst @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +============================================ +The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board +============================================ + +Please see: +http://developer.intel.com + +Also some notes from John G Dorsey : +http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html + + +Building the kernel +------------------- + +To build the kernel with current defaults:: + + make assabet_config + make oldconfig + make zImage + +The resulting kernel image should be available in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. + + +Installing a bootloader +----------------------- + +A couple of bootloaders able to boot Linux on Assabet are available: + +BLOB (http://www.lartmaker.nl/lartware/blob/) + + BLOB is a bootloader used within the LART project. Some contributed + patches were merged into BLOB to add support for Assabet. + +Compaq's Bootldr + John Dorsey's patch for Assabet support +(http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/bootldr.html) +(http://www.wearablegroup.org/software/bootldr/) + + Bootldr is the bootloader developed by Compaq for the iPAQ Pocket PC. + John Dorsey has produced add-on patches to add support for Assabet and + the JFFS filesystem. + +RedBoot (http://sources.redhat.com/redboot/) + + RedBoot is a bootloader developed by Red Hat based on the eCos RTOS + hardware abstraction layer. It supports Assabet amongst many other + hardware platforms. + +RedBoot is currently the recommended choice since it's the only one to have +networking support, and is the most actively maintained. + +Brief examples on how to boot Linux with RedBoot are shown below. But first +you need to have RedBoot installed in your flash memory. A known to work +precompiled RedBoot binary is available from the following location: + +- ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico/ +- ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/people/nico/ +- ftp://ftp.handhelds.org/pub/linux/arm/sa-1100-patches/ + +Look for redboot-assabet*.tgz. Some installation infos are provided in +redboot-assabet*.txt. + + +Initial RedBoot configuration +----------------------------- + +The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available +on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html. +Please refer to it for explanations. + +If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from +Socket Communications Inc.), you should strongly consider using it for TFTP +file transfers. You must insert it before RedBoot runs since it can't detect +it dynamically. + +To initialize the flash directory:: + + fis init -f + +To initialize the non-volatile settings, like whether you want to use BOOTP or +a static IP address, etc, use this command:: + + fconfig -i + + +Writing a kernel image into flash +--------------------------------- + +First, the kernel image must be loaded into RAM. If you have the zImage file +available on a TFTP server:: + + load zImage -r -b 0x100000 + +If you rather want to use Y-Modem upload over the serial port:: + + load -m ymodem -r -b 0x100000 + +To write it to flash:: + + fis create "Linux kernel" -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 + + +Booting the kernel +------------------ + +The kernel still requires a filesystem to boot. A ramdisk image can be loaded +as follows:: + + load ramdisk_image.gz -r -b 0x800000 + +Again, Y-Modem upload can be used instead of TFTP by replacing the file name +by '-y ymodem'. + +Now the kernel can be retrieved from flash like this:: + + fis load "Linux kernel" + +or loaded as described previously. To boot the kernel:: + + exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 + +The ramdisk image could be stored into flash as well, but there are better +solutions for on-flash filesystems as mentioned below. + + +Using JFFS2 +----------- + +Using JFFS2 (the Second Journalling Flash File System) is probably the most +convenient way to store a writable filesystem into flash. JFFS2 is used in +conjunction with the MTD layer which is responsible for low-level flash +management. More information on the Linux MTD can be found on-line at: +http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/. A JFFS howto with some infos about +creating JFFS/JFFS2 images is available from the same site. + +For instance, a sample JFFS2 image can be retrieved from the same FTP sites +mentioned below for the precompiled RedBoot image. + +To load this file:: + + load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000 + +The result should look like:: + + RedBoot> load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000 + Raw file loaded 0x00100000-0x00377424 + +Now we must know the size of the unallocated flash:: + + fis free + +Result:: + + RedBoot> fis free + 0x500E0000 .. 0x503C0000 + +The values above may be different depending on the size of the filesystem and +the type of flash. See their usage below as an example and take care of +substituting yours appropriately. + +We must determine some values:: + + size of unallocated flash: 0x503c0000 - 0x500e0000 = 0x2e0000 + size of the filesystem image: 0x00377424 - 0x00100000 = 0x277424 + +We want to fit the filesystem image of course, but we also want to give it all +the remaining flash space as well. To write it:: + + fis unlock -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 + fis erase -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 + fis write -b 0x100000 -l 0x277424 -f 0x500E0000 + fis create "JFFS2" -n -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000 + +Now the filesystem is associated to a MTD "partition" once Linux has discovered +what they are in the boot process. From Redboot, the 'fis list' command +displays them:: + + RedBoot> fis list + Name FLASH addr Mem addr Length Entry point + RedBoot 0x50000000 0x50000000 0x00020000 0x00000000 + RedBoot config 0x503C0000 0x503C0000 0x00020000 0x00000000 + FIS directory 0x503E0000 0x503E0000 0x00020000 0x00000000 + Linux kernel 0x50020000 0x00100000 0x000C0000 0x00000000 + JFFS2 0x500E0000 0x500E0000 0x002E0000 0x00000000 + +However Linux should display something like:: + + SA1100 flash: probing 32-bit flash bus + SA1100 flash: Found 2 x16 devices at 0x0 in 32-bit mode + Using RedBoot partition definition + Creating 5 MTD partitions on "SA1100 flash": + 0x00000000-0x00020000 : "RedBoot" + 0x00020000-0x000e0000 : "Linux kernel" + 0x000e0000-0x003c0000 : "JFFS2" + 0x003c0000-0x003e0000 : "RedBoot config" + 0x003e0000-0x00400000 : "FIS directory" + +What's important here is the position of the partition we are interested in, +which is the third one. Within Linux, this correspond to /dev/mtdblock2. +Therefore to boot Linux with the kernel and its root filesystem in flash, we +need this RedBoot command:: + + fis load "Linux kernel" + exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 -c "root=/dev/mtdblock2" + +Of course other filesystems than JFFS might be used, like cramfs for example. +You might want to boot with a root filesystem over NFS, etc. It is also +possible, and sometimes more convenient, to flash a filesystem directly from +within Linux while booted from a ramdisk or NFS. The Linux MTD repository has +many tools to deal with flash memory as well, to erase it for example. JFFS2 +can then be mounted directly on a freshly erased partition and files can be +copied over directly. Etc... + + +RedBoot scripting +----------------- + +All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every +time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automate the boot +process using RedBoot's scripting capability. + +For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk +images retrieved from a TFTP server on the network:: + + RedBoot> fconfig + Run script at boot: false true + Boot script: + Enter script, terminate with empty line + >> load zImage -r -b 0x100000 + >> load ramdisk_ks.gz -r -b 0x800000 + >> exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 + >> + Boot script timeout (1000ms resolution): 3 + Use BOOTP for network configuration: true + GDB connection port: 9000 + Network debug at boot time: false + Update RedBoot non-volatile configuration - are you sure (y/n)? y + +Then, rebooting the Assabet is just a matter of waiting for the login prompt. + + + +Nicolas Pitre +nico@fluxnic.net + +June 12, 2001 + + +Status of peripherals in -rmk tree (updated 14/10/2001) +------------------------------------------------------- + +Assabet: + Serial ports: + Radio: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI + - PM: Not tested. + - COM: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR, PM + - PM: Not tested. + - I2C: Implemented, not fully tested. + - L3: Fully tested, pass. + - PM: Not tested. + + Video: + - LCD: Fully tested. PM + + (LCD doesn't like being blanked with neponset connected) + + - Video out: Not fully + + Audio: + UDA1341: + - Playback: Fully tested, pass. + - Record: Implemented, not tested. + - PM: Not tested. + + UCB1200: + - Audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested. + - Audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested. + - Telco audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested. + - Telco audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested. + - POTS control: No + - Touchscreen: Yes + - PM: Not tested. + + Other: + - PCMCIA: + - LPE: Fully tested, pass. + - USB: No + - IRDA: + - SIR: Fully tested, pass. + - FIR: Fully tested, pass. + - PM: Not tested. + +Neponset: + Serial ports: + - COM1,2: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR + - PM: Not tested. + - USB: Implemented, not heavily tested. + - PCMCIA: Implemented, not heavily tested. + - CF: Implemented, not heavily tested. + - PM: Not tested. + +More stuff can be found in the -np (Nicolas Pitre's) tree. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/brutus.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/brutus.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e1a23bee6d44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/brutus.rst @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +====== +Brutus +====== + +Brutus is an evaluation platform for the SA1100 manufactured by Intel. +For more details, see: + +http://developer.intel.com + +To compile for Brutus, you must issue the following commands:: + + make brutus_config + make config + [accept all the defaults] + make zImage + +The resulting kernel will end up in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage. This file +must be loaded at 0xc0008000 in Brutus's memory and execution started at +0xc0008000 as well with the value of registers r0 = 0 and r1 = 16 upon +entry. + +But prior to execute the kernel, a ramdisk image must also be loaded in +memory. Use memory address 0xd8000000 for this. Note that the file +containing the (compressed) ramdisk image must not exceed 4 MB. + +Typically, you'll need angelboot to load the kernel. +The following angelboot.opt file should be used:: + + base 0xc0008000 + entry 0xc0008000 + r0 0x00000000 + r1 0x00000010 + device /dev/ttyS0 + options "9600 8N1" + baud 115200 + otherfile ramdisk_img.gz + otherbase 0xd8000000 + +Then load the kernel and ramdisk with:: + + angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage + +The first Brutus serial port (assumed to be linked to /dev/ttyS0 on your +host PC) is used by angel to load the kernel and ramdisk image. The serial +console is provided through the second Brutus serial port. To access it, +you may use minicom configured with /dev/ttyS1, 9600 baud, 8N1, no flow +control. + +Currently supported +=================== + + - RS232 serial ports + - audio output + - LCD screen + - keyboard + +The actual Brutus support may not be complete without extra patches. +If such patches exist, they should be found from +ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico. + +A full PCMCIA support is still missing, although it's possible to hack +some drivers in order to drive already inserted cards at boot time with +little modifications. + +Any contribution is welcome. + +Please send patches to nico@fluxnic.net + +Have Fun ! diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/cerf.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/cerf.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7fa71b609bf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/cerf.rst @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +============== +CerfBoard/Cube +============== + +*** The StrongARM version of the CerfBoard/Cube has been discontinued *** + +The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is a StrongARM 1110-based computer on a board +that measures approximately 2" square. It includes an Ethernet +controller, an RS232-compatible serial port, a USB function port, and +one CompactFlash+ slot on the back. Pictures can be found at the +Intrinsyc website, http://www.intrinsyc.com. + +This document describes the support in the Linux kernel for the +Intrinsyc CerfBoard. + +Supported in this version +========================= + + - CompactFlash+ slot (select PCMCIA in General Setup and any options + that may be required) + - Onboard Crystal CS8900 Ethernet controller (Cerf CS8900A support in + Network Devices) + - Serial ports with a serial console (hardcoded to 38400 8N1) + +In order to get this kernel onto your Cerf, you need a server that runs +both BOOTP and TFTP. Detailed instructions should have come with your +evaluation kit on how to use the bootloader. This series of commands +will suffice:: + + make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- cerfcube_defconfig + make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- zImage + make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- modules + cp arch/arm/boot/zImage + +support@intrinsyc.com diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/freebird.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/freebird.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..81043d0c6d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/freebird.rst @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +======== +Freebird +======== + +Freebird-1.1 is produced by Legend(C), Inc. +`http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.legend.com.cn` +and software/linux maintained by Coventive(C), Inc. +(http://www.coventive.com) + +Based on the Nicolas's strongarm kernel tree. + +Maintainer: + +Chester Kuo + - + - + +Author: + +- Tim wu +- CIH +- Eric Peng +- Jeff Lee +- Allen Cheng +- Tony Liu diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/graphicsclient.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/graphicsclient.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a73d61c3ce91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/graphicsclient.rst @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +============================================= +ADS GraphicsClient Plus Single Board Computer +============================================= + +For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see +http://www.applieddata.net/products.html + +The original Linux support for this product has been provided by +Nicolas Pitre . Continued development work by +Woojung Huh + +It's currently possible to mount a root filesystem via NFS providing a +complete Linux environment. Otherwise a ramdisk image may be used. The +board supports MTD/JFFS, so you could also mount something on there. + +Use 'make graphicsclient_config' before any 'make config'. This will set up +defaults for GraphicsClient Plus support. + +The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0200000. +Also the following registers should have the specified values upon entry:: + + r0 = 0 + r1 = 29 (this is the GraphicsClient architecture number) + +Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the +newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. +Angel is not available for the GraphicsClient Plus AFAIK. + +There is a board known as just the GraphicsClient that ADS used to +produce but has end of lifed. This code will not work on the older +board with the ADS bootloader, but should still work with Angel, +as outlined below. In any case, if you're planning on deploying +something en masse, you should probably get the newer board. + +If using Angel on the older boards, here is a typical angel.opt option file +if the kernel is loaded through the Angel Debug Monitor:: + + base 0xc0200000 + entry 0xc0200000 + r0 0x00000000 + r1 0x0000001d + device /dev/ttyS1 + options "38400 8N1" + baud 115200 + #otherfile ramdisk.gz + #otherbase 0xc0800000 + exec minicom + +Then the kernel (and ramdisk if otherfile/otherbase lines above are +uncommented) would be loaded with:: + + angelboot -f angelboot.opt zImage + +Here it is assumed that the board is connected to ttyS1 on your PC +and that minicom is preconfigured with /dev/ttyS1, 38400 baud, 8N1, no flow +control by default. + +If any other bootloader is used, ensure it accomplish the same, especially +for r0/r1 register values before jumping into the kernel. + + +Supported peripherals +===================== + +- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) +- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC +- SA1100 serial port +- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS) +- pcmcia +- touchscreen(ucb1200) +- ps/2 keyboard +- console on LCD screen +- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) + - ttyS0 is default for serial console +- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc) + See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation + and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver + +To do +===== + +- UCB1200 audio with new ucb_generic layer +- everything else! :-) + +Notes +===== + +- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where + the ADS boot ROM and zImage is stored. It's been marked as + read-only to keep you from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is + for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be + utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2 + on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're + welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also. + +- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. + Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, + if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp + mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be + fixed soon. + +Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/graphicsmaster.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/graphicsmaster.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e39892514f0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/graphicsmaster.rst @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +======================================== +ADS GraphicsMaster Single Board Computer +======================================== + +For more details, contact Applied Data Systems or see +http://www.applieddata.net/products.html + +The original Linux support for this product has been provided by +Nicolas Pitre . Continued development work by +Woojung Huh + +Use 'make graphicsmaster_config' before any 'make config'. +This will set up defaults for GraphicsMaster support. + +The kernel zImage is linked to be loaded and executed at 0xc0400000. + +Linux can be used with the ADS BootLoader that ships with the +newer rev boards. See their documentation on how to load Linux. + +Supported peripherals +===================== + +- SA1100 LCD frame buffer (8/16bpp...sort of) +- SA1111 USB Master +- on-board SMC 92C96 ethernet NIC +- SA1100 serial port +- flash memory access (MTD/JFFS) +- pcmcia, compact flash +- touchscreen(ucb1200) +- ps/2 keyboard +- console on LCD screen +- serial ports (ttyS[0-2]) + - ttyS0 is default for serial console +- Smart I/O (ADC, keypad, digital inputs, etc) + See http://www.eurotech-inc.com/linux-sbc.asp for IOCTL documentation + and example user space code. ps/2 keybd is multiplexed through this driver + +To do +===== + +- everything else! :-) + +Notes +===== + +- The flash on board is divided into 3 partitions. mtd0 is where + the zImage is stored. It's been marked as read-only to keep you + from blasting over the bootloader. :) mtd1 is + for the ramdisk.gz image. mtd2 is user flash space and can be + utilized for either JFFS or if you're feeling crazy, running ext2 + on top of it. If you're not using the ADS bootloader, you're + welcome to blast over the mtd1 partition also. + +- 16bpp mode requires a different cable than what ships with the board. + Contact ADS or look through the manual to wire your own. Currently, + if you compile with 16bit mode support and switch into a lower bpp + mode, the timing is off so the image is corrupted. This will be + fixed soon. + +Any contribution can be sent to nico@fluxnic.net and will be greatly welcome! diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/huw_webpanel.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/huw_webpanel.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1dc7ccb165f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/huw_webpanel.rst @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +======================= +Hoeft & Wessel Webpanel +======================= + +The HUW_WEBPANEL is a product of the german company Hoeft & Wessel AG + +If you want more information, please visit +http://www.hoeft-wessel.de + +To build the kernel:: + + make huw_webpanel_config + make oldconfig + [accept all defaults] + make zImage + +Mostly of the work is done by: +Roman Jordan jor@hoeft-wessel.de +Christoph Schulz schu@hoeft-wessel.de + +2000/12/18/ diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/index.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fb2385b3accf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +==================== +Intel StrongARM 1100 +==================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + adsbitsy + assabet + brutus + cerf + freebird + graphicsclient + graphicsmaster + huw_webpanel + itsy + lart + nanoengine + pangolin + pleb + serial_uart + tifon + yopy diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/itsy.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/itsy.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f49896ba3ef1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/itsy.rst @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +==== +Itsy +==== + +Itsy is a research project done by the Western Research Lab, and Systems +Research Center in Palo Alto, CA. The Itsy project is one of several +research projects at Compaq that are related to pocket computing. + +For more information, see: + + http://www.hpl.hp.com/downloads/crl/itsy/ + +Notes on initial 2.4 Itsy support (8/27/2000) : + +The port was done on an Itsy version 1.5 machine with a daughtercard with +64 Meg of DRAM and 32 Meg of Flash. The initial work includes support for +serial console (to see what you're doing). No other devices have been +enabled. + +To build, do a "make menuconfig" (or xmenuconfig) and select Itsy support. +Disable Flash and LCD support. and then do a make zImage. +Finally, you will need to cd to arch/arm/boot/tools and execute a make there +to build the params-itsy program used to boot the kernel. + +In order to install the port of 2.4 to the itsy, You will need to set the +configuration parameters in the monitor as follows:: + + Arg 1:0x08340000, Arg2: 0xC0000000, Arg3:18 (0x12), Arg4:0 + +Make sure the start-routine address is set to 0x00060000. + +Next, flash the params-itsy program to 0x00060000 ("p 1 0x00060000" in the +flash menu) Flash the kernel in arch/arm/boot/zImage into 0x08340000 +("p 1 0x00340000"). Finally flash an initial ramdisk into 0xC8000000 +("p 2 0x0") We used ramdisk-2-30.gz from the 0.11 version directory on +handhelds.org. + +The serial connection we established was at: + +8-bit data, no parity, 1 stop bit(s), 115200.00 b/s. in the monitor, in the +params-itsy program, and in the kernel itself. This can be changed, but +not easily. The monitor parameters are easily changed, the params program +setup is assembly outl's, and the kernel is a configuration item specific to +the itsy. (i.e. grep for CONFIG_SA1100_ITSY and you'll find where it is.) + + +This should get you a properly booting 2.4 kernel on the itsy. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/lart.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/lart.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..94c0568d1095 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/lart.rst @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +==================================== +Linux Advanced Radio Terminal (LART) +==================================== + +The LART is a small (7.5 x 10cm) SA-1100 board, designed for embedded +applications. It has 32 MB DRAM, 4MB Flash ROM, double RS232 and all +other StrongARM-gadgets. Almost all SA signals are directly accessible +through a number of connectors. The powersupply accepts voltages +between 3.5V and 16V and is overdimensioned to support a range of +daughterboards. A quad Ethernet / IDE / PS2 / sound daughterboard +is under development, with plenty of others in different stages of +planning. + +The hardware designs for this board have been released under an open license; +see the LART page at http://www.lartmaker.nl/ for more information. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/nanoengine.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/nanoengine.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..47f1a14cf98a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/nanoengine.rst @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +========== +nanoEngine +========== + +"nanoEngine" is a SA1110 based single board computer from +Bright Star Engineering Inc. See www.brightstareng.com/arm +for more info. +(Ref: Stuart Adams ) + +Also visit Larry Doolittle's "Linux for the nanoEngine" site: +http://www.brightstareng.com/arm/nanoeng.htm diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/pangolin.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/pangolin.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f0c5c1618553 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/pangolin.rst @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +======== +Pangolin +======== + +Pangolin is a StrongARM 1110-based evaluation platform produced +by Dialogue Technology (http://www.dialogue.com.tw/). +It has EISA slots for ease of configuration with SDRAM/Flash +memory card, USB/Serial/Audio card, Compact Flash card, +PCMCIA/IDE card and TFT-LCD card. + +To compile for Pangolin, you must issue the following commands:: + + make pangolin_config + make oldconfig + make zImage + +Supported peripherals +===================== + +- SA1110 serial port (UART1/UART2/UART3) +- flash memory access +- compact flash driver +- UDA1341 sound driver +- SA1100 LCD controller for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD +- MQ-200 driver for 800x600 16bpp TFT-LCD +- Penmount(touch panel) driver +- PCMCIA driver +- SMC91C94 LAN driver +- IDE driver (experimental) diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/pleb.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/pleb.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d5b732967aa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/pleb.rst @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +==== +PLEB +==== + +The PLEB project was started as a student initiative at the School of +Computer Science and Engineering, University of New South Wales to make a +pocket computer capable of running the Linux Kernel. + +PLEB support has yet to be fully integrated. + +For more information, see: + + http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/serial_uart.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/serial_uart.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ea983642b9be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/serial_uart.rst @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +================== +SA1100 serial port +================== + +The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned:: + + > Date: Sun, 24 Sep 2000 21:40:27 -0700 + > From: H. Peter Anvin + > To: Nicolas Pitre + > Cc: Device List Maintainer + > Subject: Re: device + > + > Okay. Note that device numbers 204 and 205 are used for "low density + > serial devices", so you will have a range of minors on those majors (the + > tty device layer handles this just fine, so you don't have to worry about + > doing anything special.) + > + > So your assignments are: + > + > 204 char Low-density serial ports + > 5 = /dev/ttySA0 SA1100 builtin serial port 0 + > 6 = /dev/ttySA1 SA1100 builtin serial port 1 + > 7 = /dev/ttySA2 SA1100 builtin serial port 2 + > + > 205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device) + > 5 = /dev/cusa0 Callout device for ttySA0 + > 6 = /dev/cusa1 Callout device for ttySA1 + > 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2 + > + +You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used +by your SA1100-based device:: + + mknod ttySA0 c 204 5 + mknod ttySA1 c 204 6 + mknod ttySA2 c 204 7 + mknod cusa0 c 205 5 + mknod cusa1 c 205 6 + mknod cusa2 c 205 7 + +In addition to the creation of the appropriate device nodes above, you +must ensure your user space applications make use of the correct device +name. The classic example is the content of the /etc/inittab file where +you might have a getty process started on ttyS0. + +In this case: + +- replace occurrences of ttyS0 with ttySA0, ttyS1 with ttySA1, etc. + +- don't forget to add 'ttySA0', 'console', or the appropriate tty name + in /etc/securetty for root to be allowed to login as well. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/tifon.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/tifon.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c26e910b9ea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/tifon.rst @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +===== +Tifon +===== + +More info has to come... + +Contact: Peter Danielsson diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sa1100/yopy.rst b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/yopy.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5b35a5f61a44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sa1100/yopy.rst @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +==== +Yopy +==== + +See http://www.yopydeveloper.org for more. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/cpufreq.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/cpufreq.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2ddc26c03b1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/cpufreq.rst @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +======================= +S3C24XX CPUfreq support +======================= + +Introduction +------------ + + The S3C24XX series support a number of power saving systems, such as + the ability to change the core, memory and peripheral operating + frequencies. The core control is exported via the CPUFreq driver + which has a number of different manual or automatic controls over the + rate the core is running at. + + There are two forms of the driver depending on the specific CPU and + how the clocks are arranged. The first implementation used as single + PLL to feed the ARM, memory and peripherals via a series of dividers + and muxes and this is the implementation that is documented here. A + newer version where there is a separate PLL and clock divider for the + ARM core is available as a separate driver. + + +Layout +------ + + The code core manages the CPU specific drivers, any data that they + need to register and the interface to the generic drivers/cpufreq + system. Each CPU registers a driver to control the PLL, clock dividers + and anything else associated with it. Any board that wants to use this + framework needs to supply at least basic details of what is required. + + The core registers with drivers/cpufreq at init time if all the data + necessary has been supplied. + + +CPU support +----------- + + The support for each CPU depends on the facilities provided by the + SoC and the driver as each device has different PLL and clock chains + associated with it. + + +Slow Mode +--------- + + The SLOW mode where the PLL is turned off altogether and the + system is fed by the external crystal input is currently not + supported. + + +sysfs +----- + + The core code exports extra information via sysfs in the directory + devices/system/cpu/cpu0/arch-freq. + + +Board Support +------------- + + Each board that wants to use the cpufreq code must register some basic + information with the core driver to provide information about what the + board requires and any restrictions being placed on it. + + The board needs to supply information about whether it needs the IO bank + timings changing, any maximum frequency limits and information about the + SDRAM refresh rate. + + + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2009 Simtec Electronics +Licensed under GPLv2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/eb2410itx.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/eb2410itx.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7863c93652f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/eb2410itx.rst @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +=================================== +Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST) +=================================== + + http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/ + +Introduction +------------ + + The EB2410ITX is a S3C2410 based development board with a variety of + peripherals and expansion connectors. This board is also known by + the shortened name of Bast. + + +Configuration +------------- + + To set the default configuration, use `make bast_defconfig` which + supports the commonly used features of this board. + + +Support +------- + + Official support information can be found on the Simtec Electronics + website, at the product page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/ + + Useful links: + + - Resources Page http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/resources.html + + - Board FAQ at http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/EB2410ITX/faq.html + + - Bootloader info http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/resources.html + and FAQ http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWABLE/faq.html + + +MTD +--- + + The NAND and NOR support has been merged from the linux-mtd project. + Any problems, see http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ for more + information or up-to-date versions of linux-mtd. + + +IDE +--- + + Both onboard IDE ports are supported, however there is no support for + changing speed of devices, PIO Mode 4 capable drives should be used. + + +Maintainers +----------- + + This board is maintained by Simtec Electronics. + + +Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f7c3d7d011a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +==================== +S3C24XX GPIO Control +==================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The s3c2410 kernel provides an interface to configure and + manipulate the state of the GPIO pins, and find out other + information about them. + + There are a number of conditions attached to the configuration + of the s3c2410 GPIO system, please read the Samsung provided + data-sheet/users manual to find out the complete list. + + See Documentation/arm/samsung/gpio.rst for the core implementation. + + +GPIOLIB +------- + + With the event of the GPIOLIB in drivers/gpio, support for some + of the GPIO functions such as reading and writing a pin will + be removed in favour of this common access method. + + Once all the extant drivers have been converted, the functions + listed below will be removed (they may be marked as __deprecated + in the near future). + + The following functions now either have a `s3c_` specific variant + or are merged into gpiolib. See the definitions in + arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h: + + - s3c2410_gpio_setpin() gpio_set_value() or gpio_direction_output() + - s3c2410_gpio_getpin() gpio_get_value() or gpio_direction_input() + - s3c2410_gpio_getirq() gpio_to_irq() + - s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() s3c_gpio_cfgpin() + - s3c2410_gpio_getcfg() s3c_gpio_getcfg() + - s3c2410_gpio_pullup() s3c_gpio_setpull() + + +GPIOLIB conversion +------------------ + +If you need to convert your board or driver to use gpiolib from the phased +out s3c2410 API, then here are some notes on the process. + +1) If your board is exclusively using an GPIO, say to control peripheral + power, then it will require to claim the gpio with gpio_request() before + it can use it. + + It is recommended to check the return value, with at least WARN_ON() + during initialisation. + +2) The s3c2410_gpio_cfgpin() can be directly replaced with s3c_gpio_cfgpin() + as they have the same arguments, and can either take the pin specific + values, or the more generic special-function-number arguments. + +3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changes have the problem that while the + s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 1) can be easily translated to the + s3c_gpio_setpull(x, S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE), the s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0) + are not so easy. + + The s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0) case enables the pull-up (or in the case + of some of the devices, a pull-down) and as such the new API distinguishes + between the UP and DOWN case. There is currently no 'just turn on' setting + which may be required if this becomes a problem. + +4) s3c2410_gpio_setpin() can be replaced by gpio_set_value(), the old call + does not implicitly configure the relevant gpio to output. The gpio + direction should be changed before using gpio_set_value(). + +5) s3c2410_gpio_getpin() is replaceable by gpio_get_value() if the pin + has been set to input. It is currently unknown what the behaviour is + when using gpio_get_value() on an output pin (s3c2410_gpio_getpin + would return the value the pin is supposed to be outputting). + +6) s3c2410_gpio_getirq() should be directly replaceable with the + gpio_to_irq() call. + +The s3c2410_gpio and `gpio_` calls have always operated on the same gpio +numberspace, so there is no problem with converting the gpio numbering +between the calls. + + +Headers +------- + + See arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/include/mach/regs-gpio.h for the list + of GPIO pins, and the configuration values for them. This + is included by using #include + + +PIN Numbers +----------- + + Each pin has an unique number associated with it in regs-gpio.h, + e.g. S3C2410_GPA(0) or S3C2410_GPF(1). These defines are used to tell + the GPIO functions which pin is to be used. + + With the conversion to gpiolib, there is no longer a direct conversion + from gpio pin number to register base address as in earlier kernels. This + is due to the number space required for newer SoCs where the later + GPIOs are not contiguous. + + +Configuring a pin +----------------- + + The following function allows the configuration of a given pin to + be changed. + + void s3c_gpio_cfgpin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function); + + e.g.: + + s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPA(0), S3C_GPIO_SFN(1)); + s3c_gpio_cfgpin(S3C2410_GPE(8), S3C_GPIO_SFN(2)); + + which would turn GPA(0) into the lowest Address line A0, and set + GPE(8) to be connected to the SDIO/MMC controller's SDDAT1 line. + + +Reading the current configuration +--------------------------------- + + The current configuration of a pin can be read by using standard + gpiolib function: + + s3c_gpio_getcfg(unsigned int pin); + + The return value will be from the same set of values which can be + passed to s3c_gpio_cfgpin(). + + +Configuring a pull-up resistor +------------------------------ + + A large proportion of the GPIO pins on the S3C2410 can have weak + pull-up resistors enabled. This can be configured by the following + function: + + void s3c_gpio_setpull(unsigned int pin, unsigned int to); + + Where the to value is S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE to set the pull-up off, + and S3C_GPIO_PULL_UP to enable the specified pull-up. Any other + values are currently undefined. + + +Getting and setting the state of a PIN +-------------------------------------- + + These calls are now implemented by the relevant gpiolib calls, convert + your board or driver to use gpiolib. + + +Getting the IRQ number associated with a PIN +-------------------------------------------- + + A standard gpiolib function can map the given pin number to an IRQ + number to pass to the IRQ system. + + int gpio_to_irq(unsigned int pin); + + Note, not all pins have an IRQ. + + +Author +------- + +Ben Dooks, 03 October 2004 +Copyright 2004 Ben Dooks, Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/h1940.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/h1940.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..62a562c178e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/h1940.rst @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +============= +HP IPAQ H1940 +============= + +http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html + +Introduction +------------ + + The HP H1940 is a S3C2410 based handheld device, with + bluetooth connectivity. + + +Support +------- + + A variety of information is available + + handhelds.org project page: + + http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html + + handhelds.org wiki page: + + http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/HpIpaqH1940 + + Herbert Pötzl pages: + + http://vserver.13thfloor.at/H1940/ + + +Maintainers +----------- + + This project is being maintained and developed by a variety + of people, including Ben Dooks, Arnaud Patard, and Herbert Pötzl. + + Thanks to the many others who have also provided support. + + +(c) 2005 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/index.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6c7b241cbf37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +========================== +Samsung S3C24XX SoC Family +========================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + h1940 + gpio + cpufreq + suspend + usb-host + s3c2412 + eb2410itx + nand + smdk2440 + s3c2413 + overview diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/nand.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/nand.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..938995694ee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/nand.rst @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +==================== +S3C24XX NAND Support +==================== + +Introduction +------------ + +Small Page NAND +--------------- + +The driver uses a 512 byte (1 page) ECC code for this setup. The +ECC code is not directly compatible with the default kernel ECC +code, so the driver enforces its own OOB layout and ECC parameters + +Large Page NAND +--------------- + +The driver is capable of handling NAND flash with a 2KiB page +size, with support for hardware ECC generation and correction. + +Unlike the 512byte page mode, the driver generates ECC data for +each 256 byte block in an 2KiB page. This means that more than +one error in a page can be rectified. It also means that the +OOB layout remains the default kernel layout for these flashes. + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2007 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e9a1dc7276b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +========================== +S3C24XX ARM Linux Overview +========================== + + + +Introduction +------------ + + The Samsung S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs are supported + by the 's3c2410' architecture of ARM Linux. Currently the S3C2410, + S3C2412, S3C2413, S3C2416, S3C2440, S3C2442, S3C2443 and S3C2450 devices + are supported. + + Support for the S3C2400 and S3C24A0 series was never completed and the + corresponding code has been removed after a while. If someone wishes to + revive this effort, partial support can be retrieved from earlier Linux + versions. + + The S3C2416 and S3C2450 devices are very similar and S3C2450 support is + included under the arch/arm/mach-s3c2416 directory. Note, while core + support for these SoCs is in, work on some of the extra peripherals + and extra interrupts is still ongoing. + + +Configuration +------------- + + A generic S3C2410 configuration is provided, and can be used as the + default by `make s3c2410_defconfig`. This configuration has support + for all the machines, and the commonly used features on them. + + Certain machines may have their own default configurations as well, + please check the machine specific documentation. + + +Layout +------ + + The core support files are located in the platform code contained in + arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx with headers in include/asm-arm/plat-s3c24xx. + This directory should be kept to items shared between the platform + code (arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx) and the arch/arm/mach-s3c24* code. + + Each cpu has a directory with the support files for it, and the + machines that carry the device. For example S3C2410 is contained + in arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 and S3C2440 in arch/arm/mach-s3c2440 + + Register, kernel and platform data definitions are held in the + arch/arm/mach-s3c2410 directory./include/mach + +arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx: + + Files in here are either common to all the s3c24xx family, + or are common to only some of them with names to indicate this + status. The files that are not common to all are generally named + with the initial cpu they support in the series to ensure a short + name without any possibility of confusion with newer devices. + + As an example, initially s3c244x would cover s3c2440 and s3c2442, but + with the s3c2443 which does not share many of the same drivers in + this directory, the name becomes invalid. We stick to s3c2440- + to indicate a driver that is s3c2440 and s3c2442 compatible. + + This does mean that to find the status of any given SoC, a number + of directories may need to be searched. + + +Machines +-------- + + The currently supported machines are as follows: + + Simtec Electronics EB2410ITX (BAST) + + A general purpose development board, see EB2410ITX.txt for further + details + + Simtec Electronics IM2440D20 (Osiris) + + CPU Module from Simtec Electronics, with a S3C2440A CPU, nand flash + and a PCMCIA controller. + + Samsung SMDK2410 + + Samsung's own development board, geared for PDA work. + + Samsung/Aiji SMDK2412 + + The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440. + + Samsung/Aiji SMDK2413 + + The S3C2412 version of the SMDK2440. + + Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440 + + The S3C2440 compatible version of the SMDK2440, which has the + option of an S3C2440 or S3C2442 CPU module. + + Thorcom VR1000 + + Custom embedded board + + HP IPAQ 1940 + + Handheld (IPAQ), available in several varieties + + HP iPAQ rx3715 + + S3C2440 based IPAQ, with a number of variations depending on + features shipped. + + Acer N30 + + A S3C2410 based PDA from Acer. There is a Wiki page at + http://handhelds.org/moin/moin.cgi/AcerN30Documentation . + + AML M5900 + + American Microsystems' M5900 + + Nex Vision Nexcoder + Nex Vision Otom + + Two machines by Nex Vision + + +Adding New Machines +------------------- + + The architecture has been designed to support as many machines as can + be configured for it in one kernel build, and any future additions + should keep this in mind before altering items outside of their own + machine files. + + Machine definitions should be kept in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410, + and there are a number of examples that can be looked at. + + Read the kernel patch submission policies as well as the + Documentation/arm directory before submitting patches. The + ARM kernel series is managed by Russell King, and has a patch system + located at http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/ + as well as mailing lists that can be found from the same site. + + As a courtesy, please notify of any new + machines or other modifications. + + Any large scale modifications, or new drivers should be discussed + on the ARM kernel mailing list (linux-arm-kernel) before being + attempted. See http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/mailinglists/ for the + mailing list information. + + +I2C +--- + + The hardware I2C core in the CPU is supported in single master + mode, and can be configured via platform data. + + +RTC +--- + + Support for the onboard RTC unit, including alarm function. + + This has recently been upgraded to use the new RTC core, + and the module has been renamed to rtc-s3c to fit in with + the new rtc naming scheme. + + +Watchdog +-------- + + The onchip watchdog is available via the standard watchdog + interface. + + +NAND +---- + + The current kernels now have support for the s3c2410 NAND + controller. If there are any problems the latest linux-mtd + code can be found from http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ + + For more information see Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/nand.rst + + +SD/MMC +------ + + The SD/MMC hardware pre S3C2443 is supported in the current + kernel, the driver is drivers/mmc/host/s3cmci.c and supports + 1 and 4 bit SD or MMC cards. + + The SDIO behaviour of this driver has not been fully tested. There is no + current support for hardware SDIO interrupts. + + +Serial +------ + + The s3c2410 serial driver provides support for the internal + serial ports. These devices appear as /dev/ttySAC0 through 3. + + To create device nodes for these, use the following commands + + mknod ttySAC0 c 204 64 + mknod ttySAC1 c 204 65 + mknod ttySAC2 c 204 66 + + +GPIO +---- + + The core contains support for manipulating the GPIO, see the + documentation in GPIO.txt in the same directory as this file. + + Newer kernels carry GPIOLIB, and support is being moved towards + this with some of the older support in line to be removed. + + As of v2.6.34, the move towards using gpiolib support is almost + complete, and very little of the old calls are left. + + See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst for the S3C24XX specific + support and Documentation/arm/samsung/gpio.rst for the core Samsung + implementation. + + +Clock Management +---------------- + + The core provides the interface defined in the header file + include/asm-arm/hardware/clock.h, to allow control over the + various clock units + + +Suspend to RAM +-------------- + + For boards that provide support for suspend to RAM, the + system can be placed into low power suspend. + + See Suspend.txt for more information. + + +SPI +--- + + SPI drivers are available for both the in-built hardware + (although there is no DMA support yet) and a generic + GPIO based solution. + + +LEDs +---- + + There is support for GPIO based LEDs via a platform driver + in the LED subsystem. + + +Platform Data +------------- + + Whenever a device has platform specific data that is specified + on a per-machine basis, care should be taken to ensure the + following: + + 1) that default data is not left in the device to confuse the + driver if a machine does not set it at startup + + 2) the data should (if possible) be marked as __initdata, + to ensure that the data is thrown away if the machine is + not the one currently in use. + + The best way of doing this is to make a function that + kmalloc()s an area of memory, and copies the __initdata + and then sets the relevant device's platform data. Making + the function `__init` takes care of ensuring it is discarded + with the rest of the initialisation code:: + + static __init void s3c24xx_xxx_set_platdata(struct xxx_data *pd) + { + struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info *npd; + + npd = kmalloc(sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info), GFP_KERNEL); + if (npd) { + memcpy(npd, pd, sizeof(struct s3c2410_xxx_mach_info)); + s3c_device_xxx.dev.platform_data = npd; + } else { + printk(KERN_ERR "no memory for xxx platform data\n"); + } + } + + Note, since the code is marked as __init, it should not be + exported outside arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/, or exported to + modules via EXPORT_SYMBOL() and related functions. + + +Port Contributors +----------------- + + Ben Dooks (BJD) + Vincent Sanders + Herbert Potzl + Arnaud Patard (RTP) + Roc Wu + Klaus Fetscher + Dimitry Andric + Shannon Holland + Guillaume Gourat (NexVision) + Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30) + Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port) + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004-2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/s3c2412.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/s3c2412.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..68b985fc6bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/s3c2412.rst @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +========================== +S3C2412 ARM Linux Overview +========================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The S3C2412 is part of the S3C24XX range of ARM9 System-on-Chip CPUs + from Samsung. This part has an ARM926-EJS core, capable of running up + to 266MHz (see data-sheet for more information) + + +Clock +----- + + The core clock code provides a set of clocks to the drivers, and allows + for source selection and a number of other features. + + +Power +----- + + No support for suspend/resume to RAM in the current system. + + +DMA +--- + + No current support for DMA. + + +GPIO +---- + + There is support for setting the GPIO to input/output/special function + and reading or writing to them. + + +UART +---- + + The UART hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the + s3c2410 driver in the drivers/serial directory. + + +NAND +---- + + The NAND hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the + s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand/raw directory. + + +USB Host +-------- + + The USB hardware is similar to the S3C2410, with extended clock source + control. The OHCI portion is supported by the ohci-s3c2410 driver, and + the clock control selection is supported by the core clock code. + + +USB Device +---------- + + No current support in the kernel + + +IRQs +---- + + All the standard, and external interrupt sources are supported. The + extra sub-sources are not yet supported. + + +RTC +--- + + The RTC hardware is similar to the S3C2410, and is supported by the + s3c2410-rtc driver. + + +Watchdog +-------- + + The watchdog hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by + the s3c2410_wdt driver. + + +MMC/SD/SDIO +----------- + + No current support for the MMC/SD/SDIO block. + +IIC +--- + + The IIC hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by the + i2c-s3c24xx driver. + + +IIS +--- + + No current support for the IIS interface. + + +SPI +--- + + No current support for the SPI interfaces. + + +ATA +--- + + No current support for the on-board ATA block. + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/s3c2413.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/s3c2413.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f51e207fc46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/s3c2413.rst @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +========================== +S3C2413 ARM Linux Overview +========================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The S3C2413 is an extended version of the S3C2412, with an camera + interface and mobile DDR memory support. See the S3C2412 support + documentation for more information. + + +Camera Interface +---------------- + + This block is currently not supported. + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2006 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/smdk2440.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/smdk2440.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..524fd0b4afaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/smdk2440.rst @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +========================= +Samsung/Meritech SMDK2440 +========================= + +Introduction +------------ + + The SMDK2440 is a two part evaluation board for the Samsung S3C2440 + processor. It includes support for LCD, SmartMedia, Audio, SD and + 10MBit Ethernet, and expansion headers for various signals, including + the camera and unused GPIO. + + +Configuration +------------- + + To set the default configuration, use `make smdk2440_defconfig` which + will configure the common features of this board, or use + `make s3c2410_config` to include support for all s3c2410/s3c2440 machines + + +Support +------- + + Ben Dooks' SMDK2440 site at http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/ which + includes linux based USB download tools. + + Some of the h1940 patches that can be found from the H1940 project + site at http://www.handhelds.org/projects/h1940.html can also be + applied to this board. + + +Peripherals +----------- + + There is no current support for any of the extra peripherals on the + base-board itself. + + +MTD +--- + + The NAND flash should be supported by the in kernel MTD NAND support, + NOR flash will be added later. + + +Maintainers +----------- + + This board is being maintained by Ben Dooks, for more info, see + http://www.fluff.org/ben/smdk2440/ + + Many thanks to Dimitry Andric of TomTom for the loan of the SMDK2440, + and to Simtec Electronics for allowing me time to work on this. + + +(c) 2004 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b4f3ae9fe76e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +======================= +S3C24XX Suspend Support +======================= + + +Introduction +------------ + + The S3C24XX supports a low-power suspend mode, where the SDRAM is kept + in Self-Refresh mode, and all but the essential peripheral blocks are + powered down. For more information on how this works, please look + at the relevant CPU datasheet from Samsung. + + +Requirements +------------ + + 1) A bootloader that can support the necessary resume operation + + 2) Support for at least 1 source for resume + + 3) CONFIG_PM enabled in the kernel + + 4) Any peripherals that are going to be powered down at the same + time require suspend/resume support. + + +Resuming +-------- + + The S3C2410 user manual defines the process of sending the CPU to + sleep and how it resumes. The default behaviour of the Linux code + is to set the GSTATUS3 register to the physical address of the + code to resume Linux operation. + + GSTATUS4 is currently left alone by the sleep code, and is free to + use for any other purposes (for example, the EB2410ITX uses this to + save memory configuration in). + + +Machine Support +--------------- + + The machine specific functions must call the s3c_pm_init() function + to say that its bootloader is capable of resuming. This can be as + simple as adding the following to the machine's definition: + + INITMACHINE(s3c_pm_init) + + A board can do its own setup before calling s3c_pm_init, if it + needs to setup anything else for power management support. + + There is currently no support for over-riding the default method of + saving the resume address, if your board requires it, then contact + the maintainer and discuss what is required. + + Note, the original method of adding an late_initcall() is wrong, + and will end up initialising all compiled machines' pm init! + + The following is an example of code used for testing wakeup from + an falling edge on IRQ_EINT0:: + + + static irqreturn_t button_irq(int irq, void *pw) + { + return IRQ_HANDLED; + } + + statuc void __init machine_init(void) + { + ... + + request_irq(IRQ_EINT0, button_irq, IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING, + "button-irq-eint0", NULL); + + enable_irq_wake(IRQ_EINT0); + + s3c_pm_init(); + } + + +Debugging +--------- + + There are several important things to remember when using PM suspend: + + 1) The uart drivers will disable the clocks to the UART blocks when + suspending, which means that use of printascii() or similar direct + access to the UARTs will cause the debug to stop. + + 2) While the pm code itself will attempt to re-enable the UART clocks, + care should be taken that any external clock sources that the UARTs + rely on are still enabled at that point. + + 3) If any debugging is placed in the resume path, then it must have the + relevant clocks and peripherals setup before use (ie, bootloader). + + For example, if you transmit a character from the UART, the baud + rate and uart controls must be setup beforehand. + + +Configuration +------------- + + The S3C2410 specific configuration in `System Type` defines various + aspects of how the S3C2410 suspend and resume support is configured + + `S3C2410 PM Suspend debug` + + This option prints messages to the serial console before and after + the actual suspend, giving detailed information on what is + happening + + + `S3C2410 PM Suspend Memory CRC` + + Allows the entire memory to be checksummed before and after the + suspend to see if there has been any corruption of the contents. + + Note, the time to calculate the CRC is dependent on the CPU speed + and the size of memory. For an 64Mbyte RAM area on an 200MHz + S3C2410, this can take approximately 4 seconds to complete. + + This support requires the CRC32 function to be enabled. + + + `S3C2410 PM Suspend CRC Chunksize (KiB)` + + Defines the size of memory each CRC chunk covers. A smaller value + will mean that the CRC data block will take more memory, but will + identify any faults with better precision + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2004 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/usb-host.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/usb-host.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c84268bd1884 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/usb-host.rst @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +======================== +S3C24XX USB Host support +======================== + + + +Introduction +------------ + + This document details the S3C2410/S3C2440 in-built OHCI USB host support. + +Configuration +------------- + + Enable at least the following kernel options: + + menuconfig:: + + Device Drivers ---> + USB support ---> + <*> Support for Host-side USB + <*> OHCI HCD support + + + .config: + + - CONFIG_USB + - CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD + + + Once these options are configured, the standard set of USB device + drivers can be configured and used. + + +Board Support +------------- + + The driver attaches to a platform device, which will need to be + added by the board specific support file in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410, + such as mach-bast.c or mach-smdk2410.c + + The platform device's platform_data field is only needed if the + board implements extra power control or over-current monitoring. + + The OHCI driver does not ensure the state of the S3C2410's MISCCTRL + register, so if both ports are to be used for the host, then it is + the board support file's responsibility to ensure that the second + port is configured to be connected to the OHCI core. + + +Platform Data +------------- + + See arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/include/mach/usb-control.h for the + descriptions of the platform device data. An implementation + can be found in linux/arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/usb-simtec.c . + + The `struct s3c2410_hcd_info` contains a pair of functions + that get called to enable over-current detection, and to + control the port power status. + + The ports are numbered 0 and 1. + + power_control: + Called to enable or disable the power on the port. + + enable_oc: + Called to enable or disable the over-current monitoring. + This should claim or release the resources being used to + check the power condition on the port, such as an IRQ. + + report_oc: + The OHCI driver fills this field in for the over-current code + to call when there is a change to the over-current state on + an port. The ports argument is a bitmask of 1 bit per port, + with bit X being 1 for an over-current on port X. + + The function s3c2410_usb_report_oc() has been provided to + ensure this is called correctly. + + port[x]: + This is struct describes each port, 0 or 1. The platform driver + should set the flags field of each port to S3C_HCDFLG_USED if + the port is enabled. + + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Ben Dooks, Copyright 2005 Simtec Electronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung/bootloader-interface.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung/bootloader-interface.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a56f325dae78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung/bootloader-interface.rst @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +========================================================== +Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards +========================================================== + +Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski + +Date : 6 June 2015 + +The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel +and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition +of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference +for information purpose only. + +In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary +SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before +executing kernel. + + +1. Non-Secure mode + +Address: sysram_ns_base_addr + +============= ============================================ ================== +Offset Value Purpose +============= ============================================ ================== +0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns, mcpm_entry_point System suspend +0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend +0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot +0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot +0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR +0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR +0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR +0x28 0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend +============= ============================================ ================== + + +2. Secure mode + +Address: sysram_base_addr + +============= ============================================ ================== +Offset Value Purpose +============= ============================================ ================== +0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot +0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot +4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot +0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR +0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR +============= ============================================ ================== + +Address: pmu_base_addr + +============= ============================================ ================== +Offset Value Purpose +============= ============================================ ================== +0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR, suspend +0x0800 mcpm_entry_point (Exynos542x with MCPM) AFTR, suspend +0x0804 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR +0x0804 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend +0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot +0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR +0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR +============= ============================================ ================== + +3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode) + +Address: pmu_base_addr + +============= =============================== =============================== +Offset Value Purpose +============= =============================== =============================== +0x0908 Non-zero Secondary CPU boot up indicator + on Exynos3250 and Exynos542x +============= =============================== =============================== + + +4. Glossary + +AFTR - ARM Off Top Running, a low power mode, Cortex cores and many other +modules are power gated, except the TOP modules +MCPM - Multi-Cluster Power Management diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk b/Documentation/arm/samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk new file mode 100755 index 000000000000..7be1b8aa7cd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +#!/usr/bin/awk -f +# +# Copyright 2010 Ben Dooks +# +# Released under GPLv2 + +# example usage +# ./clksrc-change-registers.awk arch/arm/plat-s5pc1xx/include/plat/regs-clock.h < src > dst + +function extract_value(s) +{ + eqat = index(s, "=") + comat = index(s, ",") + return substr(s, eqat+2, (comat-eqat)-2) +} + +function remove_brackets(b) +{ + return substr(b, 2, length(b)-2) +} + +function splitdefine(l, p) +{ + r = split(l, tp) + + p[0] = tp[2] + p[1] = remove_brackets(tp[3]) +} + +function find_length(f) +{ + if (0) + printf "find_length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + + if (f ~ /0x1/) + return 1 + else if (f ~ /0x3/) + return 2 + else if (f ~ /0x7/) + return 3 + else if (f ~ /0xf/) + return 4 + + printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + exit +} + +function find_shift(s) +{ + id = index(s, "<") + if (id <= 0) { + printf "cannot find shift " s "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + exit + } + + return substr(s, id+2) +} + + +BEGIN { + if (ARGC < 2) { + print "too few arguments" > "/dev/stderr" + exit + } + +# read the header file and find the mask values that we will need +# to replace and create an associative array of values + + while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) { + if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ && + !(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) { + splitdefine(line, fields) + name = fields[0] + if (0) + printf "MASK " line "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + dmask[name,0] = find_length(fields[1]) + dmask[name,1] = find_shift(fields[1]) + if (0) + printf "=> '" name "' LENGTH=" dmask[name,0] " SHIFT=" dmask[name,1] "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + } else { + } + } + + delete ARGV[1] +} + +/clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { + shift="" + mask="" + divshift="" + reg_div="" + reg_src="" + indent=1 + + print $0 + + for(; indent >= 1;) { + if ((getline line) <= 0) { + printf "unexpected end of file" > "/dev/stderr" + exit 1; + } + + if (line ~ /\.shift/) { + shift = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /\.mask/) { + mask = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /\.reg_divider/) { + reg_div = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /\.reg_source/) { + reg_src = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /\.divider_shift/) { + divshift = extract_value(line) + } else if (line ~ /{/) { + indent++ + print line + } else if (line ~ /}/) { + indent-- + + if (indent == 0) { + if (0) { + printf "shift '" shift "' ='" dmask[shift,0] "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "mask '" mask "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "dshft '" divshift "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "rdiv '" reg_div "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + printf "rsrc '" reg_src "'\n" > "/dev/stderr" + } + + generated = mask + sub(reg_src, reg_div, generated) + + if (0) { + printf "/* rsrc " reg_src " */\n" + printf "/* rdiv " reg_div " */\n" + printf "/* shift " shift " */\n" + printf "/* mask " mask " */\n" + printf "/* generated " generated " */\n" + } + + if (reg_div != "") { + printf "\t.reg_div = { " + printf ".reg = " reg_div ", " + printf ".shift = " dmask[generated,1] ", " + printf ".size = " dmask[generated,0] ", " + printf "},\n" + } + + printf "\t.reg_src = { " + printf ".reg = " reg_src ", " + printf ".shift = " dmask[mask,1] ", " + printf ".size = " dmask[mask,0] ", " + + printf "},\n" + + } + + print line + } else { + print line + } + + if (0) + printf indent ":" line "\n" > "/dev/stderr" + } +} + +// && ! /clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { print $0 } diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung/gpio.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung/gpio.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f7cadd7159e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung/gpio.rst @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +=========================== +Samsung GPIO implementation +=========================== + +Introduction +------------ + +This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture +specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core. + + +S3C24XX (Legacy) +---------------- + +See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/gpio.rst for more information +about these devices. Their implementation has been brought into line +with the core samsung implementation described in this document. + + +GPIOLIB integration +------------------- + +The gpio implementation uses gpiolib as much as possible, only providing +specific calls for the items that require Samsung specific handling, such +as pin special-function or pull resistor control. + +GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system. + + +PIN configuration +----------------- + +Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC +registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration +implementation to configure pins as necessary. + +The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() and s3c_gpio_setpull() provide the means for a +driver or machine to change gpio configuration. + +See arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h for more information +on these functions. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung/index.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f54d95734362 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +=========== +Samsung SoC +=========== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + gpio + bootloader-interface + overview diff --git a/Documentation/arm/samsung/overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/samsung/overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e74307897416 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/samsung/overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +========================== +Samsung ARM Linux Overview +========================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The Samsung range of ARM SoCs spans many similar devices, from the initial + ARM9 through to the newest ARM cores. This document shows an overview of + the current kernel support, how to use it and where to find the code + that supports this. + + The currently supported SoCs are: + + - S3C24XX: See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/overview.rst for full list + - S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410 + - S5PC110 / S5PV210 + + +S3C24XX Systems +--------------- + + There is still documentation in Documnetation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/ which + deals with the architecture and drivers specific to these devices. + + See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/overview.rst for more information + on the implementation details and specific support. + + +Configuration +------------- + + A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of + unifying all the SoCs into one kernel. + + s5pc110_defconfig + - S5PC110 specific default configuration + s5pv210_defconfig + - S5PV210 specific default configuration + + +Layout +------ + + The directory layout is currently being restructured, and consists of + several platform directories and then the machine specific directories + of the CPUs being built for. + + plat-samsung provides the base for all the implementations, and is the + last in the line of include directories that are processed for the build + specific information. It contains the base clock, GPIO and device definitions + to get the system running. + + plat-s3c24xx is for s3c24xx specific builds, see the S3C24XX docs. + + plat-s5p is for s5p specific builds, and contains common support for the + S5P specific systems. Not all S5Ps use all the features in this directory + due to differences in the hardware. + + +Layout changes +-------------- + + The old plat-s3c and plat-s5pc1xx directories have been removed, with + support moved to either plat-samsung or plat-s5p as necessary. These moves + where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having + so many different platform directories. + + +Port Contributors +----------------- + + Ben Dooks (BJD) + Vincent Sanders + Herbert Potzl + Arnaud Patard (RTP) + Roc Wu + Klaus Fetscher + Dimitry Andric + Shannon Holland + Guillaume Gourat (NexVision) + Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30) + Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port) + + +Document Author +--------------- + +Copyright 2009-2010 Ben Dooks diff --git a/Documentation/arm/setup.rst b/Documentation/arm/setup.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8e12ef3fb9a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/setup.rst @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +============================================= +Kernel initialisation parameters on ARM Linux +============================================= + +The following document describes the kernel initialisation parameter +structure, otherwise known as 'struct param_struct' which is used +for most ARM Linux architectures. + +This structure is used to pass initialisation parameters from the +kernel loader to the Linux kernel proper, and may be short lived +through the kernel initialisation process. As a general rule, it +should not be referenced outside of arch/arm/kernel/setup.c:setup_arch(). + +There are a lot of parameters listed in there, and they are described +below: + + page_size + This parameter must be set to the page size of the machine, and + will be checked by the kernel. + + nr_pages + This is the total number of pages of memory in the system. If + the memory is banked, then this should contain the total number + of pages in the system. + + If the system contains separate VRAM, this value should not + include this information. + + ramdisk_size + This is now obsolete, and should not be used. + + flags + Various kernel flags, including: + + ===== ======================== + bit 0 1 = mount root read only + bit 1 unused + bit 2 0 = load ramdisk + bit 3 0 = prompt for ramdisk + ===== ======================== + + rootdev + major/minor number pair of device to mount as the root filesystem. + + video_num_cols / video_num_rows + These two together describe the character size of the dummy console, + or VGA console character size. They should not be used for any other + purpose. + + It's generally a good idea to set these to be either standard VGA, or + the equivalent character size of your fbcon display. This then allows + all the bootup messages to be displayed correctly. + + video_x / video_y + This describes the character position of cursor on VGA console, and + is otherwise unused. (should not be used for other console types, and + should not be used for other purposes). + + memc_control_reg + MEMC chip control register for Acorn Archimedes and Acorn A5000 + based machines. May be used differently by different architectures. + + sounddefault + Default sound setting on Acorn machines. May be used differently by + different architectures. + + adfsdrives + Number of ADFS/MFM disks. May be used differently by different + architectures. + + bytes_per_char_h / bytes_per_char_v + These are now obsolete, and should not be used. + + pages_in_bank[4] + Number of pages in each bank of the systems memory (used for RiscPC). + This is intended to be used on systems where the physical memory + is non-contiguous from the processors point of view. + + pages_in_vram + Number of pages in VRAM (used on Acorn RiscPC). This value may also + be used by loaders if the size of the video RAM can't be obtained + from the hardware. + + initrd_start / initrd_size + This describes the kernel virtual start address and size of the + initial ramdisk. + + rd_start + Start address in sectors of the ramdisk image on a floppy disk. + + system_rev + system revision number. + + system_serial_low / system_serial_high + system 64-bit serial number + + mem_fclk_21285 + The speed of the external oscillator to the 21285 (footbridge), + which control's the speed of the memory bus, timer & serial port. + Depending upon the speed of the cpu its value can be between + 0-66 MHz. If no params are passed or a value of zero is passed, + then a value of 50 Mhz is the default on 21285 architectures. + + paths[8][128] + These are now obsolete, and should not be used. + + commandline + Kernel command line parameters. Details can be found elsewhere. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sh-mobile/.gitignore b/Documentation/arm/sh-mobile/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c928dbf3cc88 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sh-mobile/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +vrl4 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/spear/overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/spear/overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8a1a87aca427 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/spear/overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +======================== +SPEAr ARM Linux Overview +======================== + +Introduction +------------ + + SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture). + weblink : http://www.st.com/spear + + The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are + supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310, + SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported. + + Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows: + + SPEAr (Platform) + - SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9) + - SPEAr300 (SOC) + - SPEAr300 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr310 (SOC) + - SPEAr310 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr320 (SOC) + - SPEAr320 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9) + - SPEAr600 (SOC) + - SPEAr600 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9) + - SPEAr1310 (SOC) + - SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr1340 (SOC) + - SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board + +Configuration +------------- + + A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the + default by:: + + make spear13xx_defconfig + make spear3xx_defconfig + make spear6xx_defconfig + +Layout +------ + + The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and + SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear + with headers in plat/. + + Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by + series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx. + + Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for + spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is + mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific + files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and + spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully + support Flattened Device Tree. + + +Document Author +--------------- + + Viresh Kumar , (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..70743617a74f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +====================== +STi ARM Linux Overview +====================== + +Introduction +------------ + + The ST Microelectronics Multimedia and Application Processors range of + CortexA9 System-on-Chip are supported by the 'STi' platform of + ARM Linux. Currently STiH415, STiH416 SOCs are supported with both + B2000 and B2020 Reference boards. + + +configuration +------------- + + A generic configuration is provided for both STiH415/416, and can be used as the + default by:: + + make stih41x_defconfig + +Layout +------ + + All the files for multiple machine families (STiH415, STiH416, and STiG125) + are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/mach-sti + + There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support + Flattened Device Tree, which means, It works with any compatible board with + Device Trees. + + +Document Author +--------------- + + Srinivas Kandagatla , (c) 2013 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1a4e93d6027f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/sti/overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ - STi ARM Linux Overview - ========================== - -Introduction ------------- - - The ST Microelectronics Multimedia and Application Processors range of - CortexA9 System-on-Chip are supported by the 'STi' platform of - ARM Linux. Currently STiH415, STiH416 SOCs are supported with both - B2000 and B2020 Reference boards. - - - configuration - ------------- - - A generic configuration is provided for both STiH415/416, and can be used as the - default by - make stih41x_defconfig - - Layout - ------ - All the files for multiple machine families (STiH415, STiH416, and STiG125) - are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/mach-sti - - There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support - Flattened Device Tree, which means, It works with any compatible board with - Device Trees. - - - Document Author - --------------- - - Srinivas Kandagatla , (c) 2013 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..027e75bc7b7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +================ +STiH407 Overview +================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes + and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial + and IP-STB markets. + + Features + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm) + - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet + +Document Author +--------------- + + Maxime Coquelin , (c) 2014 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3343f32f58bc..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih407-overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - STiH407 Overview - ================ - -Introduction ------------- - - The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes - and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial - and IP-STB markets. - - Features - - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm) - - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet - - Document Author - --------------- - - Maxime Coquelin , (c) 2014 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b67452d610c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +================ +STiH415 Overview +================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH415 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors + for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets. + + Features: + + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.0 GHz, dual-core CPU + - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1383e33f265d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih415-overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - STiH415 Overview - ================ - -Introduction ------------- - - The STiH415 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors - for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets. - - Features - - ARM Cortex-A9 1.0 GHz, dual-core CPU - - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..93f17d74d8db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +================ +STiH416 Overview +================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH416 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors + for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets. + + Features + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.2 GHz dual core CPU + - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 558444c201c6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih416-overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - STiH416 Overview - ================ - -Introduction ------------- - - The STiH416 is the next generation of HD, AVC set-top box processors - for satellite, cable, terrestrial and IP-STB markets. - - Features - - ARM Cortex-A9 1.2 GHz dual core CPU - - SATA2x2,USB 2.0x3, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet MACx2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b563c1f4fe5a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +================ +STiH418 Overview +================ + +Introduction +------------ + + The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes + and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial + and IP-STB markets. + + Features + - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm) + - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet + - HEVC L5.1 Main 10 + - VP9 + +Document Author +--------------- + + Maxime Coquelin , (c) 2015 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1cd8fc80646d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/sti/stih418-overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - STiH418 Overview - ================ - -Introduction ------------- - - The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes - and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial - and IP-STB markets. - - Features - - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm) - - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet - - HEVC L5.1 Main 10 - - VP9 - - Document Author - --------------- - - Maxime Coquelin , (c) 2015 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst index f7e734153860..85cfc8410798 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -:orphan: - ======================== STM32 ARM Linux Overview ======================== diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst index 65bbb1c3b423..a7ebe8ea6697 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -:orphan: - +================== STM32F429 Overview ================== @@ -23,6 +22,4 @@ Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F429_) .. _STM32F429: http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013 -:Authors: - -Maxime Coquelin +:Authors: Maxime Coquelin diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst index 42d593085015..78befddc7740 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -:orphan: - +================== STM32F746 Overview ================== @@ -30,6 +29,4 @@ Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F746_) .. _STM32F746: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html -:Authors: - -Alexandre Torgue +:Authors: Alexandre Torgue diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst index f6adac862b17..e482980ddf21 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -:orphan: - +================== STM32F769 Overview ================== @@ -32,6 +31,4 @@ Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F769_) .. _STM32F769: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32-high-performance-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x9/stm32f769ni.html -:Authors: - -Alexandre Torgue +:Authors: Alexandre Torgue diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst index c525835e7473..4e15f1a42730 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -:orphan: - +================== STM32H743 Overview ================== @@ -31,6 +30,4 @@ Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H743_) .. _STM32H743: http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033 -:Authors: - -Alexandre Torgue +:Authors: Alexandre Torgue diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst index 2c52cd020601..f62fdc8e7d8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -:orphan: - +=================== STM32MP157 Overview =================== diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst b/Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b037428aee98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +================== +ARM Allwinner SoCs +================== + +This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently +supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also +provide links to documentation and/or datasheet for these SoCs. + +SunXi family +------------ + Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi + + Flavors: + + * ARM926 based SoCs + - Allwinner F20 (sun3i) + + * Not Supported + + * ARM Cortex-A8 based SoCs + - Allwinner A10 (sun4i) + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf + * User Manual + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-04-09%2c%20DECRYPTED%29.pdf + + - Allwinner A10s (sun5i) + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10s/A10s%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-03-27%29.pdf + + - Allwinner A13 / R8 (sun5i) + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf + * User Manual + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.2%20%282013-01-08%29.pdf + + - Next Thing Co GR8 (sun5i) + + * Single ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner V3s (sun8i) + + * Datasheet + + http://linux-sunxi.org/File:Allwinner_V3s_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf + + * Dual ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A20 (sun7i) + + * User Manual + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf + + - Allwinner A23 (sun8i) + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf + + * User Manual + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20User%20Manual%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf + + * Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A31 (sun6i) + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf + + * User Manual + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf + + - Allwinner A31s (sun6i) + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf + + * User Manual + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf + + - Allwinner A33 (sun8i) + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf + + * User Manual + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf + + - Allwinner H2+ (sun8i) + + * No document available now, but is known to be working properly with + H3 drivers and memory map. + + - Allwinner H3 (sun8i) + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/H3/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf + + - Allwinner R40 (sun8i) + + * Datasheet + + https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/R40_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf + + * User Manual + + https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/Allwinner_R40_User_Manual_V1.0.pdf + + * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A80 + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf + + * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs + - Allwinner A83T + + * Datasheet + + https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_Datasheet_v1.3_20150510.pdf + + * User Manual + + https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_User_Manual_v1.5.1_20150513.pdf + + * Quad ARM Cortex-A53 based SoCs + - Allwinner A64 + + * Datasheet + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/A64_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf + + * User Manual + + http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/Allwinner%20A64%20User%20Manual%20v1.0.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README deleted file mode 100644 index f8efc21998bf..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -ARM Allwinner SoCs -================== - -This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently -supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also -provide links to documentation and/or datasheet for these SoCs. - -SunXi family ------------- - Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi - - Flavors: - * ARM926 based SoCs - - Allwinner F20 (sun3i) - + Not Supported - - * ARM Cortex-A8 based SoCs - - Allwinner A10 (sun4i) - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf - + User Manual - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-04-09%2c%20DECRYPTED%29.pdf - - - Allwinner A10s (sun5i) - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10s/A10s%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-03-27%29.pdf - - - Allwinner A13 / R8 (sun5i) - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf - + User Manual - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.2%20%282013-01-08%29.pdf - - - Next Thing Co GR8 (sun5i) - - * Single ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs - - Allwinner V3s (sun8i) - + Datasheet - http://linux-sunxi.org/File:Allwinner_V3s_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf - - * Dual ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs - - Allwinner A20 (sun7i) - + User Manual - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf - - - Allwinner A23 (sun8i) - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf - + User Manual - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20User%20Manual%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf - - * Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs - - Allwinner A31 (sun6i) - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf - + User Manual - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf - - - Allwinner A31s (sun6i) - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf - + User Manual - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf - - - Allwinner A33 (sun8i) - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf - + User Manual - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf - - - Allwinner H2+ (sun8i) - + No document available now, but is known to be working properly with - H3 drivers and memory map. - - - Allwinner H3 (sun8i) - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/H3/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf - - - Allwinner R40 (sun8i) - + Datasheet - https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/R40_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf - + User Manual - https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/Allwinner_R40_User_Manual_V1.0.pdf - - * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs - - Allwinner A80 - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf - - * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs - - Allwinner A83T - + Datasheet - https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_Datasheet_v1.3_20150510.pdf - + User Manual - https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_User_Manual_v1.5.1_20150513.pdf - - * Quad ARM Cortex-A53 based SoCs - - Allwinner A64 - + Datasheet - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/A64_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf - + User Manual - http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/Allwinner%20A64%20User%20Manual%20v1.0.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.rst b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..23bd03f3e21f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.rst @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +======================================================= +Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system +======================================================= + +This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask +about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate. + +Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gatable? Wouldn't that break the + system? + +A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated + carelessly the system would stop functioning, but with the right + steps, one can gate it and keep the system running. Consider this + simplified suspend example: + + While the system is operational, you would see something like:: + + 24MHz 32kHz + | + PLL1 + \ + \_ CPU Mux + | + [CPU] + + When you are about to suspend, you switch the CPU Mux to the 32kHz + oscillator:: + + 24Mhz 32kHz + | | + PLL1 | + / + CPU Mux _/ + | + [CPU] + + Finally you can gate the main oscillator:: + + 32kHz + | + | + / + CPU Mux _/ + | + [CPU] + +Q: Were can I learn more about the sunxi clocks? + +A: The linux-sunxi wiki contains a page documenting the clock registers, + you can find it at + + http://linux-sunxi.org/A10/CCM + + The authoritative source for information at this time is the ccmu driver + released by Allwinner, you can find it at + + https://github.com/linux-sunxi/linux-sunxi/tree/sunxi-3.0/arch/arm/mach-sun4i/clock/ccmu diff --git a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.txt b/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e09a88aa3136..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/sunxi/clocks.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system -======================================================= - -This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask -about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate. - -Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gatable? Wouldn't that break the - system? - -A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated - carelessly the system would stop functioning, but with the right - steps, one can gate it and keep the system running. Consider this - simplified suspend example: - - While the system is operational, you would see something like - - 24MHz 32kHz - | - PLL1 - \ - \_ CPU Mux - | - [CPU] - - When you are about to suspend, you switch the CPU Mux to the 32kHz - oscillator: - - 24Mhz 32kHz - | | - PLL1 | - / - CPU Mux _/ - | - [CPU] - - Finally you can gate the main oscillator - - 32kHz - | - | - / - CPU Mux _/ - | - [CPU] - -Q: Were can I learn more about the sunxi clocks? - -A: The linux-sunxi wiki contains a page documenting the clock registers, - you can find it at - - http://linux-sunxi.org/A10/CCM - - The authoritative source for information at this time is the ccmu driver - released by Allwinner, you can find it at - - https://github.com/linux-sunxi/linux-sunxi/tree/sunxi-3.0/arch/arm/mach-sun4i/clock/ccmu diff --git a/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation b/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation deleted file mode 100644 index af903d22fd93..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommeds -moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX. - -ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these -instructions, triggering an undefined instruction exception when executed. -Trapped instructions are emulated using an LDREX/STREX or LDREXB/STREXB -sequence. If a memory access fault (an abort) occurs, a segmentation fault is -signalled to the triggering process. - -/proc/cpu/swp_emulation holds some statistics/information, including the PID of -the last process to trigger the emulation to be invocated. For example: ---- -Emulated SWP: 12 -Emulated SWPB: 0 -Aborted SWP{B}: 1 -Last process: 314 ---- - -NOTE: when accessing uncached shared regions, LDREX/STREX rely on an external -transaction monitoring block called a global monitor to maintain update -atomicity. If your system does not implement a global monitor, this option can -cause programs that perform SWP operations to uncached memory to deadlock, as -the STREX operation will always fail. - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation.rst b/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6a608a9c3715 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/swp_emulation.rst @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE) +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommeds +moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX. + +ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these +instructions, triggering an undefined instruction exception when executed. +Trapped instructions are emulated using an LDREX/STREX or LDREXB/STREXB +sequence. If a memory access fault (an abort) occurs, a segmentation fault is +signalled to the triggering process. + +/proc/cpu/swp_emulation holds some statistics/information, including the PID of +the last process to trigger the emulation to be invocated. For example:: + + Emulated SWP: 12 + Emulated SWPB: 0 + Aborted SWP{B}: 1 + Last process: 314 + + +NOTE: + when accessing uncached shared regions, LDREX/STREX rely on an external + transaction monitoring block called a global monitor to maintain update + atomicity. If your system does not implement a global monitor, this option can + cause programs that perform SWP operations to uncached memory to deadlock, as + the STREX operation will always fail. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/tcm.rst b/Documentation/arm/tcm.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..effd9c7bc968 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/tcm.rst @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +================================================== +ARM TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory) handling in Linux +================================================== + +Written by Linus Walleij + +Some ARM SoC:s have a so-called TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory). +This is usually just a few (4-64) KiB of RAM inside the ARM +processor. + +Due to being embedded inside the CPU The TCM has a +Harvard-architecture, so there is an ITCM (instruction TCM) +and a DTCM (data TCM). The DTCM can not contain any +instructions, but the ITCM can actually contain data. +The size of DTCM or ITCM is minimum 4KiB so the typical +minimum configuration is 4KiB ITCM and 4KiB DTCM. + +ARM CPU:s have special registers to read out status, physical +location and size of TCM memories. arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h +defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the +system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found +at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register" +to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can +determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present +in the machine. + +There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region +Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location +size of TCM memories at runtime. This is used to read out and modify +TCM location and size. Notice that this is not a MMU table: you +actually move the physical location of the TCM around. At the +place you put it, it will mask any underlying RAM from the +CPU so it is usually wise not to overlap any physical RAM with +the TCM. + +The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using +the MMU, but notice that the TCM if often used in situations where +the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux +implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual +memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux +will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and +on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM. + +Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these +TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided +into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to +be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure +world (TrustZone). + +TCM is used for a few things: + +- FIQ and other interrupt handlers that need deterministic + timing and cannot wait for cache misses. + +- Idle loops where all external RAM is set to self-refresh + retention mode, so only on-chip RAM is accessible by + the CPU and then we hang inside ITCM waiting for an + interrupt. + +- Other operations which implies shutting off or reconfiguring + the external RAM controller. + +There is an interface for using TCM on the ARM architecture +in . Using this interface it is possible to: + +- Define the physical address and size of ITCM and DTCM. + +- Tag functions to be compiled into ITCM. + +- Tag data and constants to be allocated to DTCM and ITCM. + +- Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special + allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add() + and provice tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this + memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving + device state when shutting off device power domains. + +A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from +arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall +#include + +Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this: +int __tcmfunc foo(int bar); + +Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want +to have functions called locally inside the TCM without +wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that +will make the call relative. + +Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this:: + + int __tcmdata foo; + +Constants can be tagged like this:: + + int __tcmconst foo; + +To put assembler into TCM just use:: + + .section ".tcm.text" or .section ".tcm.data" + +respectively. + +Example code:: + + #include + + /* Uninitialized data */ + static u32 __tcmdata tcmvar; + /* Initialized data */ + static u32 __tcmdata tcmassigned = 0x2BADBABEU; + /* Constant */ + static const u32 __tcmconst tcmconst = 0xCAFEBABEU; + + static void __tcmlocalfunc tcm_to_tcm(void) + { + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) + tcmvar ++; + } + + static void __tcmfunc hello_tcm(void) + { + /* Some abstract code that runs in ITCM */ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) { + tcmvar ++; + } + tcm_to_tcm(); + } + + static void __init test_tcm(void) + { + u32 *tcmem; + int i; + + hello_tcm(); + printk("Hello TCM executed from ITCM RAM\n"); + + printk("TCM variable from testrun: %u @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar); + tcmvar = 0xDEADBEEFU; + printk("TCM variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar); + + printk("TCM assigned variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmassigned, &tcmassigned); + + printk("TCM constant: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmconst, &tcmconst); + + /* Allocate some TCM memory from the pool */ + tcmem = tcm_alloc(20); + if (tcmem) { + printk("TCM Allocated 20 bytes of TCM @ %p\n", tcmem); + tcmem[0] = 0xDEADBEEFU; + tcmem[1] = 0x2BADBABEU; + tcmem[2] = 0xCAFEBABEU; + tcmem[3] = 0xDEADBEEFU; + tcmem[4] = 0x2BADBABEU; + for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) + printk("TCM tcmem[%d] = %08x\n", i, tcmem[i]); + tcm_free(tcmem, 20); + } + } diff --git a/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt b/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7c15871c1885..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/tcm.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -ARM TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory) handling in Linux ----- -Written by Linus Walleij - -Some ARM SoC:s have a so-called TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory). -This is usually just a few (4-64) KiB of RAM inside the ARM -processor. - -Due to being embedded inside the CPU The TCM has a -Harvard-architecture, so there is an ITCM (instruction TCM) -and a DTCM (data TCM). The DTCM can not contain any -instructions, but the ITCM can actually contain data. -The size of DTCM or ITCM is minimum 4KiB so the typical -minimum configuration is 4KiB ITCM and 4KiB DTCM. - -ARM CPU:s have special registers to read out status, physical -location and size of TCM memories. arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h -defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the -system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found -at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register" -to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can -determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present -in the machine. - -There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region -Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location -size of TCM memories at runtime. This is used to read out and modify -TCM location and size. Notice that this is not a MMU table: you -actually move the physical location of the TCM around. At the -place you put it, it will mask any underlying RAM from the -CPU so it is usually wise not to overlap any physical RAM with -the TCM. - -The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using -the MMU, but notice that the TCM if often used in situations where -the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux -implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual -memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux -will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and -on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM. - -Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these -TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided -into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to -be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure -world (TrustZone). - -TCM is used for a few things: - -- FIQ and other interrupt handlers that need deterministic - timing and cannot wait for cache misses. - -- Idle loops where all external RAM is set to self-refresh - retention mode, so only on-chip RAM is accessible by - the CPU and then we hang inside ITCM waiting for an - interrupt. - -- Other operations which implies shutting off or reconfiguring - the external RAM controller. - -There is an interface for using TCM on the ARM architecture -in . Using this interface it is possible to: - -- Define the physical address and size of ITCM and DTCM. - -- Tag functions to be compiled into ITCM. - -- Tag data and constants to be allocated to DTCM and ITCM. - -- Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special - allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add() - and provice tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this - memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving - device state when shutting off device power domains. - -A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from -arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall -#include - -Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this: -int __tcmfunc foo(int bar); - -Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want -to have functions called locally inside the TCM without -wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that -will make the call relative. - -Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this: -int __tcmdata foo; - -Constants can be tagged like this: -int __tcmconst foo; - -To put assembler into TCM just use -.section ".tcm.text" or .section ".tcm.data" -respectively. - -Example code: - -#include - -/* Uninitialized data */ -static u32 __tcmdata tcmvar; -/* Initialized data */ -static u32 __tcmdata tcmassigned = 0x2BADBABEU; -/* Constant */ -static const u32 __tcmconst tcmconst = 0xCAFEBABEU; - -static void __tcmlocalfunc tcm_to_tcm(void) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) - tcmvar ++; -} - -static void __tcmfunc hello_tcm(void) -{ - /* Some abstract code that runs in ITCM */ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) { - tcmvar ++; - } - tcm_to_tcm(); -} - -static void __init test_tcm(void) -{ - u32 *tcmem; - int i; - - hello_tcm(); - printk("Hello TCM executed from ITCM RAM\n"); - - printk("TCM variable from testrun: %u @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar); - tcmvar = 0xDEADBEEFU; - printk("TCM variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar); - - printk("TCM assigned variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmassigned, &tcmassigned); - - printk("TCM constant: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmconst, &tcmconst); - - /* Allocate some TCM memory from the pool */ - tcmem = tcm_alloc(20); - if (tcmem) { - printk("TCM Allocated 20 bytes of TCM @ %p\n", tcmem); - tcmem[0] = 0xDEADBEEFU; - tcmem[1] = 0x2BADBABEU; - tcmem[2] = 0xCAFEBABEU; - tcmem[3] = 0xDEADBEEFU; - tcmem[4] = 0x2BADBABEU; - for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) - printk("TCM tcmem[%d] = %08x\n", i, tcmem[i]); - tcm_free(tcmem, 20); - } -} diff --git a/Documentation/arm/uefi.rst b/Documentation/arm/uefi.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f868330df6be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/uefi.rst @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +================================================ +The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) +================================================ + +UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification +governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is +maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/. + +UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and +UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated +source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers +to legacy code or specifications. + +UEFI support in Linux +===================== +Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification +makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features: + +- UEFI Runtime Services +- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised + interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...) + +For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable: + +- CONFIG_EFI=y +- CONFIG_EFI_VARS=y or m + +The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment +in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF. + +UEFI stub +========= +The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI +PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to +load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the +lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd. + +The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for +booting in non-UEFI environments. + +UEFI kernel support on ARM +========================== +UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available +when boot is performed through the stub. + +When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT. +Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map. + +The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the +following parameters: + +========================== ====== =========================================== +Name Size Description +========================== ====== =========================================== +linux,uefi-system-table 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI System Table. + +linux,uefi-mmap-start 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI memory map, + populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call. + +linux,uefi-mmap-size 32-bit Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map + pointed to in previous entry. + +linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size 32-bit Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI + memory map. + +linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver 32-bit Version of the mmap descriptor format. +========================== ====== =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt b/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6543a0adea8a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/uefi.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification -governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is -maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/. - -UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and -UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated -source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers -to legacy code or specifications. - -UEFI support in Linux -===================== -Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification -makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features: -- UEFI Runtime Services -- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised - interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...) - -For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable: -- CONFIG_EFI=y -- CONFIG_EFI_VARS=y or m - -The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment -in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF. - -UEFI stub -========= -The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI -PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to -load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the -lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd. - -The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for -booting in non-UEFI environments. - -UEFI kernel support on ARM -========================== -UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available -when boot is performed through the stub. - -When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT. -Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map. - -The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the -following parameters: -________________________________________________________________________________ -Name | Size | Description -================================================================================ -linux,uefi-system-table | 64-bit | Physical address of the UEFI System Table. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -linux,uefi-mmap-start | 64-bit | Physical address of the UEFI memory map, - | | populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -linux,uefi-mmap-size | 32-bit | Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map - | | pointed to in previous entry. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size | 32-bit | Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI - | | memory map. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver | 32-bit | Version of the mmap descriptor format. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/arm/vfp/release-notes.rst b/Documentation/arm/vfp/release-notes.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c6b04937cee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/vfp/release-notes.rst @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +=============================================== +Release notes for Linux Kernel VFP support code +=============================================== + +Date: 20 May 2004 + +Author: Russell King + +This is the first release of the Linux Kernel VFP support code. It +provides support for the exceptions bounced from VFP hardware found +on ARM926EJ-S. + +This release has been validated against the SoftFloat-2b library by +John R. Hauser using the TestFloat-2a test suite. Details of this +library and test suite can be found at: + + http://www.jhauser.us/arithmetic/SoftFloat.html + +The operations which have been tested with this package are: + + - fdiv + - fsub + - fadd + - fmul + - fcmp + - fcmpe + - fcvtd + - fcvts + - fsito + - ftosi + - fsqrt + +All the above pass softfloat tests with the following exceptions: + +- fadd/fsub shows some differences in the handling of +0 / -0 results + when input operands differ in signs. +- the handling of underflow exceptions is slightly different. If a + result underflows before rounding, but becomes a normalised number + after rounding, we do not signal an underflow exception. + +Other operations which have been tested by basic assembly-only tests +are: + + - fcpy + - fabs + - fneg + - ftoui + - ftosiz + - ftouiz + +The combination operations have not been tested: + + - fmac + - fnmac + - fmsc + - fnmsc + - fnmul diff --git a/Documentation/arm/vlocks.rst b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a40a1742110b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.rst @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +====================================== +vlocks for Bare-Metal Mutual Exclusion +====================================== + +Voting Locks, or "vlocks" provide a simple low-level mutual exclusion +mechanism, with reasonable but minimal requirements on the memory +system. + +These are intended to be used to coordinate critical activity among CPUs +which are otherwise non-coherent, in situations where the hardware +provides no other mechanism to support this and ordinary spinlocks +cannot be used. + + +vlocks make use of the atomicity provided by the memory system for +writes to a single memory location. To arbitrate, every CPU "votes for +itself", by storing a unique number to a common memory location. The +final value seen in that memory location when all the votes have been +cast identifies the winner. + +In order to make sure that the election produces an unambiguous result +in finite time, a CPU will only enter the election in the first place if +no winner has been chosen and the election does not appear to have +started yet. + + +Algorithm +--------- + +The easiest way to explain the vlocks algorithm is with some pseudo-code:: + + + int currently_voting[NR_CPUS] = { 0, }; + int last_vote = -1; /* no votes yet */ + + bool vlock_trylock(int this_cpu) + { + /* signal our desire to vote */ + currently_voting[this_cpu] = 1; + if (last_vote != -1) { + /* someone already volunteered himself */ + currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0; + return false; /* not ourself */ + } + + /* let's suggest ourself */ + last_vote = this_cpu; + currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0; + + /* then wait until everyone else is done voting */ + for_each_cpu(i) { + while (currently_voting[i] != 0) + /* wait */; + } + + /* result */ + if (last_vote == this_cpu) + return true; /* we won */ + return false; + } + + bool vlock_unlock(void) + { + last_vote = -1; + } + + +The currently_voting[] array provides a way for the CPUs to determine +whether an election is in progress, and plays a role analogous to the +"entering" array in Lamport's bakery algorithm [1]. + +However, once the election has started, the underlying memory system +atomicity is used to pick the winner. This avoids the need for a static +priority rule to act as a tie-breaker, or any counters which could +overflow. + +As long as the last_vote variable is globally visible to all CPUs, it +will contain only one value that won't change once every CPU has cleared +its currently_voting flag. + + +Features and limitations +------------------------ + + * vlocks are not intended to be fair. In the contended case, it is the + _last_ CPU which attempts to get the lock which will be most likely + to win. + + vlocks are therefore best suited to situations where it is necessary + to pick a unique winner, but it does not matter which CPU actually + wins. + + * Like other similar mechanisms, vlocks will not scale well to a large + number of CPUs. + + vlocks can be cascaded in a voting hierarchy to permit better scaling + if necessary, as in the following hypothetical example for 4096 CPUs:: + + /* first level: local election */ + my_town = towns[(this_cpu >> 4) & 0xf]; + I_won = vlock_trylock(my_town, this_cpu & 0xf); + if (I_won) { + /* we won the town election, let's go for the state */ + my_state = states[(this_cpu >> 8) & 0xf]; + I_won = vlock_lock(my_state, this_cpu & 0xf)); + if (I_won) { + /* and so on */ + I_won = vlock_lock(the_whole_country, this_cpu & 0xf]; + if (I_won) { + /* ... */ + } + vlock_unlock(the_whole_country); + } + vlock_unlock(my_state); + } + vlock_unlock(my_town); + + +ARM implementation +------------------ + +The current ARM implementation [2] contains some optimisations beyond +the basic algorithm: + + * By packing the members of the currently_voting array close together, + we can read the whole array in one transaction (providing the number + of CPUs potentially contending the lock is small enough). This + reduces the number of round-trips required to external memory. + + In the ARM implementation, this means that we can use a single load + and comparison:: + + LDR Rt, [Rn] + CMP Rt, #0 + + ...in place of code equivalent to:: + + LDRB Rt, [Rn] + CMP Rt, #0 + LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #1] + CMPEQ Rt, #0 + LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #2] + CMPEQ Rt, #0 + LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #3] + CMPEQ Rt, #0 + + This cuts down on the fast-path latency, as well as potentially + reducing bus contention in contended cases. + + The optimisation relies on the fact that the ARM memory system + guarantees coherency between overlapping memory accesses of + different sizes, similarly to many other architectures. Note that + we do not care which element of currently_voting appears in which + bits of Rt, so there is no need to worry about endianness in this + optimisation. + + If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in + one transaction then multiple transations are still required. The + implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this + case. The number of transactions is still fewer than would be + required if bytes were loaded individually. + + + In principle, we could aggregate further by using LDRD or LDM, but + to keep the code simple this was not attempted in the initial + implementation. + + + * vlocks are currently only used to coordinate between CPUs which are + unable to enable their caches yet. This means that the + implementation removes many of the barriers which would be required + when executing the algorithm in cached memory. + + packing of the currently_voting array does not work with cached + memory unless all CPUs contending the lock are cache-coherent, due + to cache writebacks from one CPU clobbering values written by other + CPUs. (Though if all the CPUs are cache-coherent, you should be + probably be using proper spinlocks instead anyway). + + + * The "no votes yet" value used for the last_vote variable is 0 (not + -1 as in the pseudocode). This allows statically-allocated vlocks + to be implicitly initialised to an unlocked state simply by putting + them in .bss. + + An offset is added to each CPU's ID for the purpose of setting this + variable, so that no CPU uses the value 0 for its ID. + + +Colophon +-------- + +Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, for +use in ARM-based big.LITTLE platforms, with review and input gratefully +received from Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. Thanks to Nicolas for +grabbing most of this text out of the relevant mail thread and writing +up the pseudocode. + +Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited +Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public +License, as defined in linux/COPYING. + + +References +---------- + +[1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming + Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455. + + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm + +[2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt b/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 45731672c564..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -vlocks for Bare-Metal Mutual Exclusion -====================================== - -Voting Locks, or "vlocks" provide a simple low-level mutual exclusion -mechanism, with reasonable but minimal requirements on the memory -system. - -These are intended to be used to coordinate critical activity among CPUs -which are otherwise non-coherent, in situations where the hardware -provides no other mechanism to support this and ordinary spinlocks -cannot be used. - - -vlocks make use of the atomicity provided by the memory system for -writes to a single memory location. To arbitrate, every CPU "votes for -itself", by storing a unique number to a common memory location. The -final value seen in that memory location when all the votes have been -cast identifies the winner. - -In order to make sure that the election produces an unambiguous result -in finite time, a CPU will only enter the election in the first place if -no winner has been chosen and the election does not appear to have -started yet. - - -Algorithm ---------- - -The easiest way to explain the vlocks algorithm is with some pseudo-code: - - - int currently_voting[NR_CPUS] = { 0, }; - int last_vote = -1; /* no votes yet */ - - bool vlock_trylock(int this_cpu) - { - /* signal our desire to vote */ - currently_voting[this_cpu] = 1; - if (last_vote != -1) { - /* someone already volunteered himself */ - currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0; - return false; /* not ourself */ - } - - /* let's suggest ourself */ - last_vote = this_cpu; - currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0; - - /* then wait until everyone else is done voting */ - for_each_cpu(i) { - while (currently_voting[i] != 0) - /* wait */; - } - - /* result */ - if (last_vote == this_cpu) - return true; /* we won */ - return false; - } - - bool vlock_unlock(void) - { - last_vote = -1; - } - - -The currently_voting[] array provides a way for the CPUs to determine -whether an election is in progress, and plays a role analogous to the -"entering" array in Lamport's bakery algorithm [1]. - -However, once the election has started, the underlying memory system -atomicity is used to pick the winner. This avoids the need for a static -priority rule to act as a tie-breaker, or any counters which could -overflow. - -As long as the last_vote variable is globally visible to all CPUs, it -will contain only one value that won't change once every CPU has cleared -its currently_voting flag. - - -Features and limitations ------------------------- - - * vlocks are not intended to be fair. In the contended case, it is the - _last_ CPU which attempts to get the lock which will be most likely - to win. - - vlocks are therefore best suited to situations where it is necessary - to pick a unique winner, but it does not matter which CPU actually - wins. - - * Like other similar mechanisms, vlocks will not scale well to a large - number of CPUs. - - vlocks can be cascaded in a voting hierarchy to permit better scaling - if necessary, as in the following hypothetical example for 4096 CPUs: - - /* first level: local election */ - my_town = towns[(this_cpu >> 4) & 0xf]; - I_won = vlock_trylock(my_town, this_cpu & 0xf); - if (I_won) { - /* we won the town election, let's go for the state */ - my_state = states[(this_cpu >> 8) & 0xf]; - I_won = vlock_lock(my_state, this_cpu & 0xf)); - if (I_won) { - /* and so on */ - I_won = vlock_lock(the_whole_country, this_cpu & 0xf]; - if (I_won) { - /* ... */ - } - vlock_unlock(the_whole_country); - } - vlock_unlock(my_state); - } - vlock_unlock(my_town); - - -ARM implementation ------------------- - -The current ARM implementation [2] contains some optimisations beyond -the basic algorithm: - - * By packing the members of the currently_voting array close together, - we can read the whole array in one transaction (providing the number - of CPUs potentially contending the lock is small enough). This - reduces the number of round-trips required to external memory. - - In the ARM implementation, this means that we can use a single load - and comparison: - - LDR Rt, [Rn] - CMP Rt, #0 - - ...in place of code equivalent to: - - LDRB Rt, [Rn] - CMP Rt, #0 - LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #1] - CMPEQ Rt, #0 - LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #2] - CMPEQ Rt, #0 - LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #3] - CMPEQ Rt, #0 - - This cuts down on the fast-path latency, as well as potentially - reducing bus contention in contended cases. - - The optimisation relies on the fact that the ARM memory system - guarantees coherency between overlapping memory accesses of - different sizes, similarly to many other architectures. Note that - we do not care which element of currently_voting appears in which - bits of Rt, so there is no need to worry about endianness in this - optimisation. - - If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in - one transaction then multiple transations are still required. The - implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this - case. The number of transactions is still fewer than would be - required if bytes were loaded individually. - - - In principle, we could aggregate further by using LDRD or LDM, but - to keep the code simple this was not attempted in the initial - implementation. - - - * vlocks are currently only used to coordinate between CPUs which are - unable to enable their caches yet. This means that the - implementation removes many of the barriers which would be required - when executing the algorithm in cached memory. - - packing of the currently_voting array does not work with cached - memory unless all CPUs contending the lock are cache-coherent, due - to cache writebacks from one CPU clobbering values written by other - CPUs. (Though if all the CPUs are cache-coherent, you should be - probably be using proper spinlocks instead anyway). - - - * The "no votes yet" value used for the last_vote variable is 0 (not - -1 as in the pseudocode). This allows statically-allocated vlocks - to be implicitly initialised to an unlocked state simply by putting - them in .bss. - - An offset is added to each CPU's ID for the purpose of setting this - variable, so that no CPU uses the value 0 for its ID. - - -Colophon --------- - -Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, for -use in ARM-based big.LITTLE platforms, with review and input gratefully -received from Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. Thanks to Nicolas for -grabbing most of this text out of the relevant mail thread and writing -up the pseudocode. - -Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited -Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public -License, as defined in linux/COPYING. - - -References ----------- - -[1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming - Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455. - - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm - -[2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt index c9b9321434ea..db5c56db30ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xen.txt @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ hypervisor { }; The format and meaning of the "xen,uefi-*" parameters are similar to those in -Documentation/arm/uefi.txt, which are provided by the regular UEFI stub. However +Documentation/arm/uefi.rst, which are provided by the regular UEFI stub. However they differ because they are provided by the Xen hypervisor, together with a set of UEFI runtime services implemented via hypercalls, see http://xenbits.xen.org/docs/unstable/hypercall/x86_64/include,public,platform.h.html. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt index 60f8640f2b2f..4660ccee35a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ it with special cases. of the kernel image. That entry point supports two calling conventions. A summary of the interface is described here. A full description of the boot requirements is documented in - Documentation/arm/Booting + Documentation/arm/booting.rst a) ATAGS interface. Minimal information is passed from firmware to the kernel with a tagged list of predefined parameters. @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ it with special cases. b) Entry with a flattened device-tree block. Firmware loads the physical address of the flattened device tree block (dtb) into r2, r1 is not used, but it is considered good practice to use a valid - machine number as described in Documentation/arm/Booting. + machine number as described in Documentation/arm/booting.rst. r0 : 0 diff --git a/Documentation/index.rst b/Documentation/index.rst index 216dc0e1e6f2..c6934d90363c 100644 --- a/Documentation/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/index.rst @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ + .. The Linux Kernel documentation master file, created by sphinx-quickstart on Fri Feb 12 13:51:46 2016. You can adapt this file completely to your liking, but it should at least diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting index 1fe866f8218f..562e9a2957e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/Booting @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/Booting +Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/booting.rst If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. Maintainer: Russell King Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei --------------------------------------------------------------------- -Documentation/arm/Booting 的中文翻译 +Documentation/arm/booting.rst 的中文翻译 如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文 交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt index cd7fc8f34cf9..99af4363984d 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt +Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Maintainer: Nicolas Pitre Dave Martin Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei --------------------------------------------------------------------- -Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt 的中文翻译 +Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst 的中文翻译 如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文 交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 37ba75bae7aa..96c85695b3d4 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ F: drivers/*/*s3c64xx* F: drivers/*/*s5pv210* F: drivers/memory/samsung/* F: drivers/soc/samsung/* -F: Documentation/arm/Samsung/ +F: Documentation/arm/samsung/ F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/ F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/samsung-sram.txt F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/pd-samsung.txt @@ -11571,7 +11571,7 @@ L: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org S: Orphan F: drivers/video/fbdev/omap2/ -F: Documentation/arm/OMAP/DSS +F: Documentation/arm/omap/dss.rst OMAP FRAMEBUFFER SUPPORT L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org diff --git a/arch/arm/Kconfig b/arch/arm/Kconfig index 2bf1ce39a96d..6425871e9903 100644 --- a/arch/arm/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm/Kconfig @@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ config VFP Say Y to include VFP support code in the kernel. This is needed if your hardware includes a VFP unit. - Please see for + Please see for release notes and additional status information. Say N if your target does not have VFP hardware. diff --git a/arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c b/arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c index e24ad60891b2..8a9aeeb504dd 100644 --- a/arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c +++ b/arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ /* * The public API for this code is documented in arch/arm/include/asm/mcpm.h. * For a comprehensive description of the main algorithm used here, please - * see Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt. + * see Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst. */ struct sync_struct mcpm_sync; diff --git a/arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S b/arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S index d5bd75dd576d..291d969bc719 100644 --- a/arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S +++ b/arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ * Created by: Nicolas Pitre, March 2012 * Copyright: (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited * - * Refer to Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.txt + * Refer to Documentation/arm/cluster-pm-race-avoidance.rst * for details of the synchronisation algorithms used here. */ diff --git a/arch/arm/common/vlock.S b/arch/arm/common/vlock.S index 9675cc15d0c4..f1c7fd44f1b1 100644 --- a/arch/arm/common/vlock.S +++ b/arch/arm/common/vlock.S @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ * Copyright: (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited * * This algorithm is described in more detail in - * Documentation/arm/vlocks.txt. + * Documentation/arm/vlocks.rst. */ #include diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/setup.h b/arch/arm/include/asm/setup.h index 77e5582c2259..67d20712cb48 100644 --- a/arch/arm/include/asm/setup.h +++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/setup.h @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ * Copyright (C) 1997-1999 Russell King * * Structure passed to kernel to tell it about the - * hardware it's running on. See Documentation/arm/Setup + * hardware it's running on. See Documentation/arm/setup.rst * for more info. */ #ifndef __ASMARM_SETUP_H diff --git a/arch/arm/include/uapi/asm/setup.h b/arch/arm/include/uapi/asm/setup.h index 6b335a9ff8c8..25ceda63b284 100644 --- a/arch/arm/include/uapi/asm/setup.h +++ b/arch/arm/include/uapi/asm/setup.h @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * Structure passed to kernel to tell it about the - * hardware it's running on. See Documentation/arm/Setup + * hardware it's running on. See Documentation/arm/setup.rst * for more info. */ #ifndef _UAPI__ASMARM_SETUP_H diff --git a/arch/arm/kernel/entry-armv.S b/arch/arm/kernel/entry-armv.S index 0b8cfdd60b90..858d4e541532 100644 --- a/arch/arm/kernel/entry-armv.S +++ b/arch/arm/kernel/entry-armv.S @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ ENDPROC(__switch_to) * existing ones. This mechanism should be used only for things that are * really small and justified, and not be abused freely. * - * See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt for formal definitions. + * See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst for formal definitions. */ THUMB( .arm ) diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-exynos/common.h b/arch/arm/mach-exynos/common.h index c93356a8d662..56411bb63d45 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-exynos/common.h +++ b/arch/arm/mach-exynos/common.h @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ void exynos_firmware_init(void); #define C2_STATE (1 << 3) /* * Magic values for bootloader indicating chosen low power mode. - * See also Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt + * See also Documentation/arm/samsung/bootloader-interface.rst */ #define EXYNOS_SLEEP_MAGIC 0x00000bad #define EXYNOS_AFTR_MAGIC 0xfcba0d10 diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/Kconfig b/arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/Kconfig index fc5378b00f3d..f7211b57b1e7 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/Kconfig @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ config MACH_AVILA help Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support the Gateworks Avila Network Platform. For more information on this platform, - see . + see . config MACH_LOFT bool "Loft" @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ config ARCH_ADI_COYOTE help Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support the ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform. For more - information on this platform, see . + information on this platform, see . config MACH_GATEWAY7001 bool "Gateway 7001" @@ -72,21 +72,21 @@ config ARCH_IXDP425 help Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support Intel's IXDP425 Development Platform (Also known as Richfield). - For more information on this platform, see . + For more information on this platform, see . config MACH_IXDPG425 bool "IXDPG425" help Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support Intel's IXDPG425 Development Platform (Also known as Montajade). - For more information on this platform, see . + For more information on this platform, see . config MACH_IXDP465 bool "IXDP465" help Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support Intel's IXDP465 Development Platform (Also known as BMP). - For more information on this platform, see . + For more information on this platform, see . config MACH_GORAMO_MLR bool "GORAMO Multi Link Router" @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ config MACH_KIXRP435 help Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support Intel's KIXRP435 Reference Platform. - For more information on this platform, see . + For more information on this platform, see . # # IXCDP1100 is the exact same HW as IXDP425, but with a different machine @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ config ARCH_PRPMC1100 help Say 'Y' here if you want your kernel to support the Motorola PrPCM1100 Processor Mezanine Module. For more information on - this platform, see . + this platform, see . config MACH_NAS100D bool diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/pm.c b/arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/pm.c index adcb90645460..c64988c609ad 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/pm.c +++ b/arch/arm/mach-s3c24xx/pm.c @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ // // S3C24XX Power Manager (Suspend-To-RAM) support // -// See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt for more information +// See Documentation/arm/samsung-s3c24xx/suspend.rst for more information // // Parts based on arch/arm/mach-pxa/pm.c // diff --git a/arch/arm/mm/Kconfig b/arch/arm/mm/Kconfig index cc798115aa9b..820b60a50125 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mm/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm/mm/Kconfig @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ config ARM_VIRT_EXT assistance. A compliant bootloader is required in order to make maximum - use of this feature. Refer to Documentation/arm/Booting for + use of this feature. Refer to Documentation/arm/booting.rst for details. config SWP_EMULATE @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ config KUSER_HELPERS the CPU type fitted to the system. This permits binaries to be run on ARMv4 through to ARMv7 without modification. - See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt for details. + See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst for details. However, the fixed address nature of these helpers can be used by ROP (return orientated programming) authors when creating diff --git a/arch/arm/plat-samsung/Kconfig b/arch/arm/plat-samsung/Kconfig index 53da57fba39c..301e572651c0 100644 --- a/arch/arm/plat-samsung/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm/plat-samsung/Kconfig @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ config SAMSUNG_PM_DEBUG depends on DEBUG_EXYNOS_UART || DEBUG_S3C24XX_UART || DEBUG_S3C2410_UART help Say Y here if you want verbose debugging from the PM Suspend and - Resume code. See + Resume code. See for more information. config S3C_PM_DEBUG_LED_SMDK @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ config SAMSUNG_PM_CHECK Note, this can take several seconds depending on memory size and CPU speed. - See + See config SAMSUNG_PM_CHECK_CHUNKSIZE int "S3C2410 PM Suspend CRC Chunksize (KiB)" @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ config SAMSUNG_PM_CHECK_CHUNKSIZE the CRC data block will take more memory, but will identify any faults with better precision. - See + See config SAMSUNG_WAKEMASK bool diff --git a/arch/arm/tools/mach-types b/arch/arm/tools/mach-types index 4eac94c1eb6f..9e74c7ff6b04 100644 --- a/arch/arm/tools/mach-types +++ b/arch/arm/tools/mach-types @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ # http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/download.php # # Please do not send patches to this file; it is automatically generated! -# To add an entry into this database, please see Documentation/arm/README, +# To add an entry into this database, please see Documentation/arm/arm.rst, # or visit: # # http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/?action=new diff --git a/arch/arm64/Kconfig b/arch/arm64/Kconfig index a36ff61321ce..a4b22bbf0590 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm64/Kconfig @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ config KUSER_HELPERS the system. This permits binaries to be run on ARMv4 through to ARMv8 without modification. - See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt for details. + See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst for details. However, the fixed address nature of these helpers can be used by ROP (return orientated programming) authors when creating diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/kuser32.S b/arch/arm64/kernel/kuser32.S index 49825e9e421e..42bd8c0c60e0 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/kuser32.S +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/kuser32.S @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * aarch32_setup_additional_pages() and are provided for compatibility * reasons with 32 bit (aarch32) applications that need them. * - * See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt for formal definitions. + * See Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst for formal definitions. */ #include diff --git a/arch/mips/bmips/setup.c b/arch/mips/bmips/setup.c index 1738a06396f9..2f81a94c71a6 100644 --- a/arch/mips/bmips/setup.c +++ b/arch/mips/bmips/setup.c @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ void __init plat_mem_setup(void) ioport_resource.start = 0; ioport_resource.end = ~0; - /* intended to somewhat resemble ARM; see Documentation/arm/Booting */ + /* intended to somewhat resemble ARM; see Documentation/arm/booting.rst */ if (fw_arg0 == 0 && fw_arg1 == 0xffffffff) dtb = phys_to_virt(fw_arg2); else if (fw_passed_dtb) /* UHI interface or appended dtb */ diff --git a/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-cipher.c b/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-cipher.c index 4ab14d58e85b..6f7cbf6c2b55 100644 --- a/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-cipher.c +++ b/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-cipher.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * keysize in CBC and ECB mode. * Add support also for DES and 3DES in CBC and ECB mode. * - * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi/README + * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst */ #include "sun4i-ss.h" diff --git a/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-core.c b/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-core.c index cdcda7f059c8..2e8704271f45 100644 --- a/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-core.c +++ b/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-core.c @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ * * Core file which registers crypto algorithms supported by the SS. * - * You could find a link for the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi/README + * You could find a link for the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst */ #include #include diff --git a/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-hash.c b/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-hash.c index d2b6d89aad28..fcffba5ef927 100644 --- a/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-hash.c +++ b/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss-hash.c @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ * * This file add support for MD5 and SHA1. * - * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi/README + * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst */ #include "sun4i-ss.h" #include diff --git a/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss.h b/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss.h index 68b82d1a6303..8654d48aedc0 100644 --- a/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss.h +++ b/drivers/crypto/sunxi-ss/sun4i-ss.h @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * Support MD5 and SHA1 hash algorithms. * Support DES and 3DES * - * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi/README + * You could find the datasheet in Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst */ #include diff --git a/drivers/input/touchscreen/sun4i-ts.c b/drivers/input/touchscreen/sun4i-ts.c index 92f6e1ae23a2..f11ba7f2dca7 100644 --- a/drivers/input/touchscreen/sun4i-ts.c +++ b/drivers/input/touchscreen/sun4i-ts.c @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ * in the kernel). So this driver offers straight forward, reliable single * touch functionality only. * - * s.a. A20 User Manual "1.15 TP" (Documentation/arm/sunxi/README) + * s.a. A20 User Manual "1.15 TP" (Documentation/arm/sunxi.rst) * (looks like the description in the A20 User Manual v1.3 is better * than the one in the A10 User Manual v.1.5) */ diff --git a/drivers/tty/serial/Kconfig b/drivers/tty/serial/Kconfig index b416c7b33f49..04c23951b831 100644 --- a/drivers/tty/serial/Kconfig +++ b/drivers/tty/serial/Kconfig @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ config SERIAL_SA1100 help If you have a machine based on a SA1100/SA1110 StrongARM(R) CPU you can enable its onboard serial port by enabling this option. - Please read for further + Please read for further info. config SERIAL_SA1100_CONSOLE